WO2000057721A2 - Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders - Google Patents

Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000057721A2
WO2000057721A2 PCT/US2000/008013 US0008013W WO0057721A2 WO 2000057721 A2 WO2000057721 A2 WO 2000057721A2 US 0008013 W US0008013 W US 0008013W WO 0057721 A2 WO0057721 A2 WO 0057721A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
chromium
vanadium
bioavailable form
cereal product
solid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/008013
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2000057721A3 (en
Inventor
John D. Mendlein
Janice E. Thompson
Stuart A. Fine
Kevin J. Kinsella
Original Assignee
Akesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Akesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Akesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to AU40315/00A priority Critical patent/AU4031500A/en
Publication of WO2000057721A2 publication Critical patent/WO2000057721A2/en
Publication of WO2000057721A3 publication Critical patent/WO2000057721A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A61K33/24Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L2/00Non-alcoholic beverages; Dry compositions or concentrates therefor; Their preparation
    • A23L2/385Concentrates of non-alcoholic beverages
    • A23L2/39Dry compositions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L2/00Non-alcoholic beverages; Dry compositions or concentrates therefor; Their preparation
    • A23L2/52Adding ingredients
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L33/00Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L33/10Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof using additives
    • A23L33/15Vitamins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L33/00Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L33/10Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof using additives
    • A23L33/16Inorganic salts, minerals or trace elements
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L33/00Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L33/10Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof using additives
    • A23L33/16Inorganic salts, minerals or trace elements
    • A23L33/165Complexes or chelates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L7/00Cereal-derived products; Malt products; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L7/10Cereal-derived products
    • A23L7/101Addition of antibiotics, vitamins, amino-acids, or minerals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23VINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO FOODS, FOODSTUFFS OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND LACTIC OR PROPIONIC ACID BACTERIA USED IN FOODSTUFFS OR FOOD PREPARATION
    • A23V2002/00Food compositions, function of food ingredients or processes for food or foodstuffs

Definitions

  • Diabetes adversely affects the way the body uses sugars and starches which, during digestion, are converted into glucose. Diabetes mellitus is generally caused in almost all instances by diminished rates of insulin secretion (absolute or relative) by the beta cells of the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas or by reduced insulin sensitivity. Insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas, makes the glucose available to the body's cells for energy. In muscle, adipose (fat), and connective tissues, insulin facilitates the entry of glucose into the cells by an action on the cell membranes. The ingested glucose is normally converted in the liver to CO 2 and H 2 O (50%); to glycogen (5%); and to fat (30-40%), the latter being stored in fat depots. Fatty acids from the adipose tissues are circulated, returned to the liver for re- synthesis of triacylglycerol and metabolized to ketone bodies for utilization by the tissues. The fatty acids are also metabolized by other organs.
  • Type 1 diabetes juvenile-onset, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus [IDDM]
  • IDDM insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • Type 2 diabetes mimaturity-onset diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus [NIDDM]
  • Type 1 diabetes the pancreas produces little or no insulin, and insulin must be injected daily.
  • Type 2 diabetes the pancreas retains the ability to produce insulin and in fact may produce higher than normal amounts of insulin, but the amount of insulin is relatively insufficient, or less than fully effective, because of cellular resistance to insulin.
  • Type 2 diabetes may present as non-obese NIDDM, obese NIDDM, or maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY).
  • Type 1 is likely to occur in those with a family history of diabetes and is characterized by blurred vision, itching, unusual thirst, drowsiness, obesity, fatigue, skin infections, slow healing, and tingling or numbness in the feet.
  • Type 1 Diabetes is likely to occur in those with a family history of diabetes and is characterized by blurred vision, itching, unusual thirst, drowsiness, obesity, fatigue, skin infections, slow healing, and tingling or numbness in the feet.
  • Type 1 diabetes accounts for around ten percent of all cases of diabetes mellitus.
  • the action of Type 1 diabetes is to cause hyperglycemia (elevated blood glucose concentration) and a tendency towards diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA).
  • DKA diabetic ketoacidosis
  • Treatment requires chronic administration of insulin. No single standard exists for patterns of administration of insulin and treatment plans vary and may be selected from one of three treatment regimens: conventional, multiple subcutaneous injections, or continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion.
  • Conventional insulin therapy involves the administration of one or two injections a day of intermediate-activity insulin such as zinc insulin or isophane insulin with or without the addition of small amounts of regular insulin.
  • Regular insulin has a duration of action lasting from 3 to 8 hours, whereas other forms of insulin are absorbed slowly from the injection site and therefore have effects that may last as long as ten to forty-eight hours.
  • the multiple subcutaneous insulin injection technique involves administration of intermediate- or long- acting insulin in the evening as a single dose together with regular insulin prior to each meal.
  • Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion involves the use of a small battery-driven pump that delivers insulin subcutaneously into the abdominal wall, usually through a butterfly needle. Insulin is delivered at a basal rate continuously throughout the day, with increased rates programmed prior to meals. Insulin may also be delivered by way of an implant that is administered parenterally, or by way of slow-release formulations.
  • Type 2 diabetes is marked by hyperglycemia that is not linked with DKA. Sporadic or persistent incidence of hyperglycemia may be controlled by administering insulin. Uncontrolled hyperglycemia may transiently adversely affect the insulin-producing cells of the pancreas (the beta-islet cells), which may eventually result in greater insulin deficiencies.
  • the fundamental defects to which such abnormalities may be traced include (1) a reduced entry of glucose into various "peripheral" tissues, and (2) an increased liberation of glucose into the circulation from the liver. There is therefore an extracellular glucose excess and an intracellular glucose deficiency. There is also a decrease in the entry of amino acids into muscle and an increase in lipolysis.
  • Type 2 diabetic subjects may be treated with insulin, if necessary.
  • Type 2 often develops in subjects of certain at risk populations. Obesity predisposes an individual to Type 2 diabetes due to long-term effects on insulin resistance. If the beta-cells are compromised, diabetes may well ensue.
  • Type 2 also develops from the at risk population of individuals with gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). Pregnancy normally is associated with progressive resistance to insulin-mediated glucose disposal. In fact, insulin sensitivity is lower during late pregnancy than in nearly all other physiological conditions.
  • the insulin resistance is thought to be mediated in large part by the effects of circulating hormones such as placental lactogen, progesterone, and cortisol, all of which are elevated during pregnancy.
  • pancreatic beta-cell responsiveness to glucose normally increases nearly 3-fold by late pregnancy, a response that serves to minimize the effect of insulin resistance on circulating glucose levels.
  • pregnancy provides a major "stress-test" of the capacity for beta-cells to compensate for insulin resistance.
  • Type 2 diabetes Other populations thought to be at risk for developing Type 2 diabetes are the elderly; certain minorities; persons with Syndrome X; persons with concomitant hyperinsulinemia; persons with insulin resistance characterized by hyperinsulinemia and by failure to respond to exogenous insulin; and persons with abnormal insulin and/or evidence of glucose disorders associated with excess circulating glucocorticoids, growth hormone, catecholamines, glucagon, parathyroid hormone, and other insulin-resistant conditions.
  • Diabetes has become a leading health care issue in the United States and other countries, accounting for one seventh of the national health care budget.
  • the incidence of diagnosed diabetes has increased five-fold in America over the past 35 years, with currently 8 million diagnosed diabetic patients, another estimated 8 to 12 million undiagnosed diabetic individuals, and still an additional 23 million Americans with pre-diabetes, or impaired glucose tolerance (IGT).
  • ITT impaired glucose tolerance
  • the American populace continues its trend towards aging, obesity, and greater minority representation, the number of individuals who are diabetic and suffer from other glucose metabolism disorders is likely to increase.
  • diabetes e.g. ketoacidosis, dehydration, and non-ketotic hyperosmolar coma
  • less progress has been made in preventing or minimizing the chronic complications of the disease e.g. premature atherosclerosis, retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy.
  • a diabetic patient's life is shortened by 10 to 15 years, and those years of life are distinguished by significantly increased medical care costs as compared to a non-diabetic patient.
  • Some complications of diabetes includes blindness and end-stage renal disease.
  • Another complication of diabetes mellitus is diabetic neuropathy (also called neuritis), which has been an unusually refractive complication of diabetes.
  • Endoneural hypoxia is the overt cause of diabetic neuropathy.
  • Early symptoms include numbness, irritation, and pain, usually in the extremities, and more advanced ones include gastroparesis and impotence.
  • the conversion of the essential fatty acid (EFA) linolenic acid to gamma-linolenic acid (GLA) appears to be impaired in diabetics because of a lack of the enzymes delta-6-desaturase and or delta 5-desaturase. Consequently, there is shortage of GLA and its metabolites, prostacyclin and prostaglandins, the chronic deficiencies of which contribute to the pathogenesis of diabetic neuropathy.
  • Prostacyclin is a vasoprotective molecule with multiple physiological functions, and the enzyme cyclooxygenase (cox) is involved in its synthesis.
  • cox-1 which produces both prostacyclin and anti- inflammatory prostaglandins
  • cox-2 which produces both thromboxane A 2 (TxA 2 ) and some of the prostaglandins responsible for inflammation.
  • Many therapeutics for pain management inhibit both cox-1 and cox-2, thereby reducing inflammation caused by prostagladins produced by cox-2, but also inhibiting production of prostacyclin, which may exacerbate a prostacyclin deficiency resulting in neuropathy.
  • neurotrophic factors such as the superfamiliy of neurotrophins including nerve growth factor, may present an alternative pathogenic mechanism that results in neuropathy.
  • Another complication of diabetes is increased cardiovascular risk factor, especially among women.
  • a man's risk of dying by heart disease doubles upon developing diabetes, whereas a woman's risk increases three to five-fold.
  • Type 2 diabetes presents a number of co-existent cardiovascular metabolic risk factors, e.g., insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, central obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, low HDL level, qualitatively abnormal LDL (diabetic dyslipidemia), hypertension, glucose intolerance, and elevated blood pressure.
  • cardiovascular metabolic risk factors e.g., insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, central obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, low HDL level, qualitatively abnormal LDL (diabetic dyslipidemia), hypertension, glucose intolerance, and elevated blood pressure.
  • This state has been identified as "Syndrome X.”
  • These cardiovascular risk factors may precede the onset of diabetes by as much as a decade, and they may explain the presence of overt clinical cardiovascular disease in as many as 60% of newly diagnosed diabetic patients.
  • elevated glycated hemoglobin (HbAlc) is believed to be a risk marker for short-term mortality following acute myocardial infarction in non-diabetic subjects.
  • Diabetic dyslipidemia is another complication of diabetes and is of import to cardiovascular health.
  • Plasma cholesterol and triglycerides are transported in lipoproteins (HDL, VLDL, and LDL).
  • Dyshpoproteinemias are conditions in which the concentration and composition of these cholesterol- or triglyceride-carrying lipoproteins are abnormal. Elevated concentration of lipoproteins LDL and VLDL may accelerate the development of atherosclerosis, with the secondary possibilities of thrombosis and infarction. Evidence suggests that reduction of the concentration of lipoproteins LDL and NLDL in plasma may diminish the increased risk of atherosclerosis that accompanies hyperlipoproteinemia.
  • Dyshpoproteinemias have been designated as either primary or secondary.
  • dyshpoproteinemias involve complications of a more generalized metabolic disturbance, such as diabetes mellitus or excessive intake of ethanol.
  • primary dyshpoproteinemias are typically caused either by an inherited single-gene defect (monogenic dyshpoproteinemias) or a combination of multiple subtle genetic factors that act together with environmental ones (multifactorial or polygenic dyshpoproteinemias).
  • the biguanides e.g., metformin
  • the thiazolidinediones are believed to act by increasing the rate of peripheral glucose disposal.
  • alpha-glucosidase inhibitors competitively inhibit alpha- glucosidase, which metabolizes carbohydrates, thereby delaying carbohydrate absorption and attenuating post-prandial hyperglycemia.
  • therapies for treatment of diabetes that have not yet been approved for human use.
  • the present invention is directed to compositions, supplements, and edible solids, comprised of a variety of components and agents, and methods for using them, that have been observed to alleviate or prevent diabetes and its associated sequelae.
  • the subject supplements, compositions, and edible solids, and the methods of the using the same may be used early in the course of developing diabetes and glucose metabolism disorders to reduce such complications.
  • the present invention represents new and important treatments or nutritional regimes for maintaining or promoting health, particularly the treatment of diabetes, pre-diabetes, and the reduction or avoidance of the onset of diabetes.
  • the compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same are formulated as edible solids.
  • the present invention provides enhanced food products, including edible solids, supplements or other relevant compositions, and methods of using the same, for regulating, modulating or altering glucose metabolism in a manner beneficial to the patient.
  • various embodiments of the invention may be applied or tailored to specifically treat or address each condition described herein and others like them, including any condition or disorder related to glucose metabolism disorders.
  • compositions of the present invention are provided for preventing, reducing or treating in animal subjects (including humans and other mammals) one or more of the following physiological conditions: insulin resistance (the sensitivity of the cellular response to insulin), beta cell attrition, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, hepatic gluconeogenesis, onset of diabetes or diabetic symptoms, elevated HbAlc levels, and elevated or inappropriately controlled blood glucose levels.
  • insulin resistance the sensitivity of the cellular response to insulin
  • beta cell attrition the sensitivity of the cellular response to insulin
  • hyperinsulinemia the sensitivity of the cellular response to insulin
  • hyperglycemia hyperglycemia
  • hepatic gluconeogenesis hepatic gluconeogenesis
  • onset of diabetes or diabetic symptoms elevated HbAlc levels
  • elevated or inappropriately controlled blood glucose levels elevated or inappropriately controlled blood glucose levels.
  • the present invention abates, or otherwise reduces the severity of, diabetes and other glucose metabolism disorders, including Type 1, Type 2, MODY, and IGT, and any related sequelae, including, for example, obesity, obesity-related hypertension, retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy, cataracts, coronary artery disease and arteriosclerosis.
  • the present invention provides supplements or compositions, and methods of using the same, for regulating, modulating or altering lipid metabolism in a manner beneficial to the patient.
  • the subject compositions, and methods of using the same can be used to modulate at least one of body fat stores, blood pressure, hyperlipoproteinemia, hypertriglyceridemia, serum cholesterol level, HDL level and LDL level.
  • the present invention abates or otherwise reduces the severity of dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis and CHD.
  • the present invention provides compositions and supplements, and methods for using the same, to reduce appetite for cosmetic purposes or treatment of illness, dysfunction or obesity.
  • the present invention provides supplements or compositions containing a mineral or other component, and methods of using the same, for the long-term reduction and abatement of at least one of the foregoing disorders or conditions based on a therapeutic regimen.
  • the subject compositions contain one or more anti-diabetic agents without any mineral or other component.
  • the present invention contemplates monitoring such disorders or conditions as part of any therapeutic regimen, which may be administered over the short-term and/or long-term.
  • the inventive compositions include at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium. In other embodiments, the inventive compositions includes at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium. In still other embodiments, the present invention includes bioavailable sources or forms of both chromium and vanadium. In other embodiments, the inventive compositions include an anti-diabetic agent. Alternatively, compositions of the present invention, and methods using those compositions, may contain one or more minerals and two or more anti- diabetic agents. In certain embodiments, any of the subject composition are prepared as edible solids. In addition, embodiments of the present invention may include any of the other components and agents set forth herein and others known to those of skill in the art, including any agents, components or ingredients that are beneficial in the treatment or prevention of glucose metabolism disorders or any sequelae related to such disorders.
  • compositions include an anti-diabetic agent formulated as an edible solid without any mineral or other component.
  • the present invention contemplates edible items, compositions or supplements formulated in a variety of modalities, including in a tablet or tablets, liquid, candy, medical food, or enhanced food products for special or desired dietary uses.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for using such compositions or supplements so formulated.
  • the present invention is designed to regulate any of the physiological processes described herein so as to achieve a desired level of a physiological parameter (e.g., a HbAlc level of about 5). In certain embodiments, such a result is achieved without subjecting a patient to elevated levels of such a parameter.
  • a physiological parameter e.g., a HbAlc level of about 5
  • Such embodiments of the invention may prove useful in preserving health or reducing, preventing or delaying the on set of diabetes or diabetic symptoms without the patient experiencing the full thrust of such medical conditions. These aspects of the invention are particularly helpful in preventive care regimes.
  • an inventive composition is capable of reducing HbAlc levels by at least about a 10% or more change from the baseline before treatment
  • inventive compositions, as used herein are capable of reducing HbAlc levels by at least about a 25%, 50% or greater change from the baseline before treatment.
  • the changes observed in HbAlc levels (and other parameters) are observed even when a patient has been treated with one or more anti- diabetic agents alone prior to treatment with the subject compositions and methods.
  • compositions or supplements may be used in the manufacture of a medicament to treat any of the foregoing conditions or diseases.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for formulating compositions or supplements of the present invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention contemplates compositions or supplements of the present invention for the treatment any of the foregoing conditions or diseases.
  • a medicament for the treatment of a glucose metabolism disorder whereby a sufficient amount of an inventive medicament is provided for treatment of a particular condition and instructions are provided to the patient for the desired medical treatment regimen.
  • a mineral and either another component, including an anti-diabetic agent are provided, and the patient is instructed to ingest these concurrently.
  • the present invention is directed to a dietary supplement that may be formulated for people individuals in an increased risk category as identified by any number of risk factors, including familial history.
  • an object of the present invention is to screen subjects for a genetic predisposition to glucose metabolism disorders, such as IGT, Type 2 diabetes, or MODY, in order to begin administration of the supplements or compositions of the present invention, or methods of using the same, or programs thereof, to prevent or alleviate such disorders.
  • compositions or methods based on mineral and vitamins products described herein, and instructions for use of these compositions or methods.
  • the present invention contemplates programs for prevention or treatment of any of the foregoing disorders or conditions.
  • one or more physiological parameters will be measured, and dosing and/or composition of supplement will be varied to reflect the health of the individual.
  • Certain programs require that the patient ingest the supplement for a minimum time period, whereupon the same physiological parameters will be measured again to determine what affect the supplement may have caused.
  • the programs call for changes in dosing, components, or formulation of the supplement depending on the results reported after an initial trial period on a program.
  • programs of the present invention may require monitoring by the patients or additional treatment or prevention activities, such as dietary recommendations or exercise suggestions.
  • the programs may include instructions for the patients concerning the scope and purpose of the program.
  • anti-diabetic agent shall mean any drug that is useful in treating, preventing, or otherwise reducing the severity of any glucose metabolism disorder, or any complications thereof, including any of the conditions, disease, or complications described herein.
  • Anti-diabetic agents include insulin, thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, or the like.
  • Other general categories of anti-diabetic agents which may be part of a subject composition include (with defined terms being in quotation marks): "drug articles” recognized in the official United States Pharmacopoeia or official National Formulary (or any supplement thereto); "new drug” and “new animal drug” approved by the FDA of the U.S.
  • bioavailable means that a compound, composition, supplement, component, or material is in a form that allows for it, or a portion of the amount administered, to be absorbed by, incorporated to, or otherwise physiologically available to a subject to whom it is administered.
  • bioavailable sources of components of supplements or compositions of the present invention containing a transition metal, including chromium, vanadium are contemplated, as discussed in more detail herein.
  • calorie means the amount of heat needed to raise 1 gm of water 1C at 1 atm.
  • a kilogram calorie, or kilocalorie is the amount of heat required to raise 1 kg of water I C at 1 atm.
  • DN means the daily value of any vitamin, mineral, or other composition based on a 2,000 kilocalorie daily diet.
  • An embodiment of the invention is said to have an "insulinotropic activity" if it is able (i) to stimulate, or cause the stimulation of, the synthesis or expression of the hormone insulin, or (ii) to increase the half-life or the apparent potency of insulin in vivo.
  • Insulin may be any naturally occurring form of the polypeptide, or any form of insulin, including any polypeptide that achieves the same effect of insulin, administered to a patient.
  • parenteral administration and “administered parenterally” means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intra-articulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
  • modulation refers to both upregulation (i.e., activation or stimulation) and downregulation (i.e. inhibition or suppression) of a response, or the two in combination or apart.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to those supplements, components, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any supplement or composition, or component thereof, from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable material such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any supplement or composition, or component thereof, from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the supplement and not injurious to the patient.
  • materials which may serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as com starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, co oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (1 1) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, martnitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum, such
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of components of compositions of the present invention.
  • systemic administration means the administration of a subject supplement, composition, therapeutic or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount means that amount of supplement or composition which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by, for example, modulating glucose metabolism at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
  • the present invention provides methods and compositions for modification and regulation of glucose and lipid metabolism, generally to reduce insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia (such as
  • VLDL VLDL
  • administering improves one or more aberrant indices associated with glucose metabolism disorders (e.g., glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, and Type 2 diabetes).
  • administration of a subject supplement, or methods thereof, in an effective amount improves aberrant indices associated with diabetes, coronary heart disease, or obesity.
  • the supplements and compositions have anti-diabetic activities, and may be used in the treatment of disorders marked by aberrant glucose metabolism (including storage).
  • supplements or compositions, or components thereof, of the present invention are useful as insulin enhancing or insulinotropic agents.
  • the subject compositions or methods may be useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a variety of disorders, including one or more of dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, obesity, glucose tolerance insufficiency or impairment, insulin resistance, and diabetic complications.
  • the invention compositions include one or more components described herein. In certain embodiments, such component constitutes a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium.
  • such component constitutes a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium.
  • the present invention is directed towards a supplement or composition containing one or more additional components from the following group: magnesium, vitamin E, aspirin; alpha-lipoic acid; and folic acid.
  • the subject compositions include one or more anti-diabetic agents.
  • the subject compositions include one or more anti-diabetic agents and no mineral or other components.
  • a supplement in one embodiment, includes an effective amount of chromium polynicotinate and/or chromium picolinate as the chromium source, an effective amount of vanadyl sulfate as the vanadium source, an effective amount of magnesium as a either a complex of chloride, citrate or Krebs (citrate, fumarate, malate, glutarate or succinate), an effective amount of free 2R, 4'R, 8'R-alpha-tocopherol as the vitamin E source, or another effective source of vitamin E, an effective amount of standardized willow bark, an effective amount of folic acid and alpha-lipoic acid, as well as sufficient amounts of other vitamin and mineral sources.
  • the present invention is directed to supplements or compositions capable of preventing, treating, or otherwise reducing the severity of disorders of glucose metabolism.
  • Insulin resistance is the pathophysiologic indicator of patients with IGT and Type 2 diabetes, which often occurs many years before clinically evident disease is present.
  • subjects may remain euglycemic, but hyperinsulinemic, as long as beta cells maintain sufficient insulin concentrations.
  • the disease or condition progresses from insulin resistance with hyperinsulinemia to impaired glucose tolerance, resulting in modest increases in post-prandial glucose concentrations, followed by clinical diabetes and hyperglycemia.
  • the supplements and compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same are intended to delay the onset of Type 2 diabetes and its associated sequelae by addressing disorders of glucose metabolism at an early stage.
  • the present invention also provides methods for enhancing the natural control of blood glucose levels in a person by daily administration of the subject composition and nutritional supplement.
  • the present invention contemplates administration of a supplement of the present invention to control the blood sugar by reducing insulin resistance in diabetic and IGT patients, thereby preventing the chronic complications from developing in these high risk patients.
  • kits containing at least one dose of a subject supplement or composition, and often many doses, and other materials for a treatment regimen for example, in one embodiment, a kit of the present invention contains sufficient subject composition for thirty days and equipment and supplies necessary to measure one or more indices relevant to glucose metabolism, such as blood glucose levels. In another embodiment, kits of the present invention contain all the materials and supplies, including supplements and compositions, for carrying out any methods of the present hail m
  • kits of the present invention additionally include instructions for the use and administration of the supplements and compositions.
  • the present invention provides for programs whereby the supplements or compositions of the present invention are ingested by a subject having a condition described herein, including subjects that are pre-diabetic.
  • the program format of the present invention allows for a variety of variables to be addressed in providing composition and supplements of the present invention. Some of these variables include: one or more conditions to be addressed by any one program, compositions and supplements to be used in any such program, and dosing regimen of any such program.
  • a program may include a kit of the present invention.
  • any program including for example the dosing regimen
  • Such instructions may, in certain embodiments, require the subject to decide whether to continue any program depending on the results obtained while on the program.
  • the length of such trial period may vary with the particular program.
  • trial periods may be between about one to about six or more months, and alternatively, the trial periods may be between one and three months.
  • the subject may be required to assess their progress on the program by monitoring a parameter relevant to their particular condition.
  • a program directed to prevention or treatment of a glucose metabolism disorders may require subjects to monitor their HbAlc levels.
  • the program may require the subject to determine their HbAlc level. Depending on whether the HbAlc level changed by a particular amount, the subject may continue with the particular program, discontinue the program altogether, or alter the program. The foregoing decision may depend on the initial condition of the subject.
  • the dose of chromium administered to a patient in a composition varies with the initial HbAlc level.
  • the chromium dosages would be as follows: for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.003 mg Cr or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.009 mg Cr or less/kg, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.005 mg Cr/kg of body weight up to about 0.01 mg Cr/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAl c level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.006 mg Cr/kg of body weight up to about 0.015 mg Cr/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbA
  • the particular dose of chromium would be maintained for a trial period, whereupon the HbAlc level would be measured again. If the patient's HbAlc level had dropped during the trial period, then the dose of chromium ingested could be reduced; if the HbAlc level had not decreased, the patient would have a number of options: the dose of chromium could be increased, the same dose could be ingested for a longer time period, or a different chromium complex with potentially differing bioavailability and potency for the particular individual could be used.
  • This program could be applied to any other component or ingredient of the present invention, including, for example, any vanadium containing complex.
  • a number of parameters of blood serum may be measured to assess the efficacy of any supplement or method of the present invention in attending to the conditions described herein. Any of these parameters may serve as the basis of a program of the present invention.
  • Useful parameters include: LDL- cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol, apolipoprotein Al, apolipoprotein B, HbAlc, and blood sugar level (fasting, post-prandial and urine). It has been observed that the subject compositions are especially effective in improving blood glucose control after eating, so the post-prandial measurement may be preferred in certain embodiments of the present invention.
  • measurements of import for any subject invention include heart rate, blood pressure, weight, and temperature.
  • the amounts of the individual components of preparations of this invention may vary, although in certain preparations the components are present in amounts lying within certain ranges presented herein.
  • the present invention typically contemplates administering the dosages of any supplement or composition on a daily basis, or at other frequencies appropriate to the supplement or composition and its mode of delivery.
  • a dose of a composition of the present invention may be ingested or administered daily in a single serving, e.g., a tablet or a liquid, or in multiple servings.
  • the dosages of the present invention may be ingested over a several day period or over any other time period so as to achieve the desired therapeutic effects.
  • Certain supplements and compositions of the present invention contemplate components that are transition metal chelates.
  • Certain of the metal chelates contemplated by the present invention may have, in addition to any chelating ligand or ligands that are bound covalently or through ionic interactions to said metal ion, a counter-ion that is generally not bound to the metal ion (or if associated, only weakly so), and counters any charge of the metal- ligand complex.
  • a counter-ion that is generally not bound to the metal ion (or if associated, only weakly so)
  • the sulfate would generally be considered a counter-ion to the vanadyl ion metal-ligand complex.
  • the metal chelates may have a number of waters of hydration associated with them.
  • one form of magnesium dichloride is magnesium dichloride hexahydrate, in which six waters of hydration are part of the metal complex.
  • a metal chelate that is identified as an hydrate may have one or more waters of hydration.
  • the number of molecules of waters of hydration may be a non-integer number when expressed as a ratio of one molecule of metal complex to the molecular number of the waters of hydration.
  • transition metal chelate In providing a dose of transition metal chelate to a subject, the most appropriate dose may depend, in part, on the nature of the metal chelate. Certain transition metal or mono- or multi-valent ion complexes may be more readily assimilated than others, and may therefore be more effective in achieving the desired therapeutic response than other complexes. Another important factor may be the water solubility of any metal complex. Another relevant factor may be the mode of administration. Consequently, dosages of the complexes typically contemplated by the present invention usually depend on the identity of the complex, the means of administration, and the formulation in which the complex is administered.
  • chromium picolinate appears to be absorbed at a rate about four times greater than chromium trichloride upon oral administration to rats.
  • chromium picolinate is used instead of chromium trichloride as the administered complex.
  • chromium polynicotinate may be used instead of chromium picolinate as it contemplated that chromium polynicotinate will generally have better abso ⁇ tion and metabolic properties than chromium picolinate.
  • the metal chelate or other inorganic complex administered to a subject may differ from the form that is responsible for any biological activity.
  • many different complexes of the same transition metal may cause a biological response to different degrees.
  • a transition metal complex may undergo any number of reactions in vivo, including: hydrolysis, which depends greatly on pH conditions; redox reactions, whereby the transition metal, or even a chelating ligand, may change electronic state, which depends greatly on the local redox environment; and other ligation reactions, whereby a molecule may, because of, for example, superior binding characteristics and/or affinity or greater concentration, displace a ligand chelating the metal.
  • transition metal complex especially those containing first row transition metals, to undergo complete hydrolysis upon ingestion or administration to a subject and possibly chelation by a molecule present in vivo.
  • complexed forms of such metals will be selected to direct or maintain the desired form of the metal in the body.
  • Other potentially desirable characteristics in metal complexes include: a neutral charge to the complex, sufficient water solubility (e.g., capable of forming an at least a 0.1 mM solution); and capable of being absorbed orally and gastro-intestinally.
  • acceptable salts of such transition metals that may serve as components in the subject preparations generally include the conventional non-toxic salts of the compounds, e.g., salts derived from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, valeric, oleaic, lauric, lactic, lactobionic, laurylsulphic, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric,
  • Contemplated equivalents of the components of the subject compositions of the present invention include compounds or materials that otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound in the composition or in use in the contemplated method.
  • the invention will readily enable the design and implementation of trials in warm-blooded animals, including humans and mammals, necessary for easily determining or tailoring the form and dose for any supplement, and the components thereof, of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides in part for dietary supplements or compositions that enhances glucose metabolism.
  • one or more of the components of the subject composition may be responsible for such enhancement.
  • Embodiments of the invention include supplements or compositions that enhance glucose metabolism, while treating or reducing the severity of many of the secondary or risk factors that often accompany diabetes or IGT.
  • the subject supplements or compositions may be used by individuals with no apparent symptoms of diabetes, the supplement is particularly suited for use by individuals with IGT and/or diabetes to prevent, reduce or eliminate the necessity of using insulin or other anti-diabetic medications.
  • the present invention also contemplates using the formulations in conjunction with other methods of treating diabetic and pre-diabetic individuals, or otherwise reducing the severity of their condition.
  • the formulations of the present invention may contain ingredients that also work with insulin to enhance the effect of insulin on the regulation of glucose concentration in the blood by improving metabolism of glucose in the insulin sensitive cells of the body.
  • both chromium and vanadium may act at two different levels in the body: 1) gastrointestinal tract activity, particularly localized to the intestine; and 2) systemic activity. These two levels of action are at the organ level and include additional effects at the cellular and subcellular level.
  • chromium and vanadium modulate sugar transport (e.g., glucose transport) by typically slowing glucose abso ⁇ tion.
  • sugar transport e.g., glucose transport
  • Slower glucose abso ⁇ tion slows insulin release and reduces excessive insulin responses in response to rising blood glucose levels after a meal.
  • pancreatic secretion of insulin by reducing both the glucose load and rate of glucose load over the initial phases of glucose detection, abso ⁇ tion and metabolism by the body. Reduced rates of glucose loading reduces the stress on beta cells normally associated with the insulin response to rising glucose.
  • glucose abso ⁇ tion permits more time for insulin to stimulate normal sugar metabolic routes either before glucose loading is complete, or during a slower rate of glucose loading. Consequently, insulin dependent mechanisms have more time to prepare for the arrival of sugars from the intestine.
  • This modulation of glucose abso ⁇ tion improves short-term insulin modulation in the liver, muscle, and adipose tissue.
  • These effects in the gastrointestinal tract are, in all likelihood, short-term responses, and they are not necessarily associated with the longer-term systemic effects of chromium and vanadium administration.
  • chromium and vanadium may potentially slow glucose metabolism by interacting with the intestine, particularly the epithelium of the intestine responsible for sugar metabolism (including abso ⁇ tion).
  • sodium facilitated sugar transport One primary mechanism for sugar transport in the gut is sodium facilitated sugar transport.
  • Such transporters are located in the lumenal membrane of the epithelium.
  • the basolateral membrane may also have an additional sugar transporter that facilitates transport out the cell and into the blood.
  • sodium facilitated sugar transport generally requires a sodium concentration favorable to the diffusion of sodium into the epithelium cell from the lumen. This concentration gradient is largely generated by the active transport of the Na/K ATPase in the epithelium cells, which generally transports three sodium atoms out of the cell to the blood side of the epithelium in exchange for two sodium atoms in the reverse direction.
  • Each cycle of the pump requires hydrolysis of one ATP to transport sodium and potassium against their respective concentration gradients.
  • the hydrolysis reaction requires a divalent cation, typically magnesium. In many instances, however other divalent cations may substitute or enter into the hydrolysis reaction with varying degrees of catalytic activity or inhibition. Substitution of trivalent cations for divalent cations in the cycle generally leads to significant inhibition of the pumping activity and/or dephosphorylation from the phosphoenzyme intermediate state.
  • Chromium may thus inhibit the Na/K ATPase activity by substituting for magnesium and thereby inhibiting relative to magnesium catalytic and transport activity giving rise to a decreased sodium gradient across the lumenal membrane. The reduced gradient effects sugar transport by reducing the thermodynamic and kinetic forces favoring sugar entry from the gut.
  • a phosphoenzyme intermediate is formed between phosphate and an aspartic acid at the active site of APTase.
  • This covalent EP is transient and is chemical distinct from phosphorylated proteins associated with kinases and phosphatases, which have also been shown to be affected by vanadium.
  • Formation of EP in the catalytic cycle for Na/K ATPase is inhibited by vanadate present at low concentrations of less than 1 micromolar. Vanadate binds to the active site as a transition state analog of phosphate in a vanadyl-enzyme, or EV complex, rather than EP.
  • the EV complex is highly stable, as vanadate the kinetics of loss of vanadate from the EV complex is relatively slow. Vanadate may thus effectively inhibit the Na/K ATPase by disrupting catalysis through the formation of EV giving rise to a decreased sodium gradient across the lumenal membrane. Consequently, the reduced gradient reduces sugar entry from the intestine.
  • Chromium and vanadium also operate at the systemic level after abso ⁇ tion of the two transition metals from the gut.
  • Major sites of activity include the liver, muscle and adipose tissue.
  • Vanadium may have particular activity with respect to phosphorylation systems, including the many phosphorylated proteins responsible for modulating metabolism.
  • Chromium may also modulate metabolism at the cellular level. These systemic effects generally improve the action of insulin and/or metabolic pathways associated with sugar and/or lipid metabolism.
  • chromium and vanadium components in the subject compositions and methods may depend in part on the mechanisms of action discussed above.
  • Both chromium and vanadium may be stored in long term (e.g., about 2 to 6 weeks) compartments which may provide diffusable sites of chromium and vanadium for maintaining elevated levels of chromium and vanadium in a patient.
  • the deposit sites may then be reloaded and the tapering repeated as necessary.
  • chromium and vanadium it may be desirable to tailor dosing of chromium and vanadium to the (as well as other components described herein) caloric intake.
  • caloric intake for instance, more desirable abso ⁇ tion and metabolic patterns of caloric sources, particularly sugars, may be achieved.
  • the short-term effects attributable to chromium and vanadium may, in particular, beneficially modulate abso ⁇ tion and metabolism.
  • features of the alimentary tract may affect how compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same, are utilized when ingested orally.
  • the elements of the alimentary tract, including the gastrointestinal tract, may affect the dosage required for any such modality. Such features are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • compositions of the present invention may augment or supplant other forms of diabetes and IGT treatment, such as insulin.
  • programs of the present invention require that the subject compliment such treatment methods with the compositions of the present invention.
  • a composition containing an anti-diabetic agent and the following components in effective amounts and metabolically available forms: vanadium, chromium, magnesium, and vitamin E in combination with naturally available sources of aspirin, alpha-lipoic acid, and folic acid improves the metabolism of glucose.
  • Such compositions may be also used to arrest, treat or otherwise reduce the severity of many of the cardiovascular complications or risk factors associated with diabetes or pre-diabetes.
  • the present invention contemplates combinations of components in different supplements or compositions to produce a therapeutic effect in a patient with a glucose metabolism disorder, such as Type 2 diabetes, IGT, Syndrome X, insulin resistance, or hyperinsulinemia.
  • a glucose metabolism disorder such as Type 2 diabetes, IGT, Syndrome X, insulin resistance, or hyperinsulinemia.
  • the therapeutic effect may be measured by reference to any number of indices that are directly related to glucose metabolism, such as blood glucose level or HbAlc level, or other parameters that may otherwise be affected by such a disorder or a related condition or disease.
  • the present invention teaches how to test supplements or compositions containing any one or more of the components set forth herein to determine whether any particular combination of components in a supplement or composition results in a desirable therapeutic effect upon administration to a patient.
  • the subject compositions contain at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium. In other embodiments, the subject compositions contain at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium. In still other embodiments, the present invention includes both bioavailable sources of the two minerals.
  • any of the foregoing subject compositions may include any of the following: one or more anti-diabetic agents, vitamins, minerals and other components. In other embodiments, the subject compositions contain one or more anti- diabetic agents without any of the foregoing minerals, vitamins or other component.
  • Chromium is a trace mineral found in human tissues. Claims surrounding the use of chromium as a supplement, such as weight loss and building muscle mass, have been made for non-diabetic individuals. Notwithstanding such claims, the status of chromium supplementation, even for diabetic patients, appears to be unsettled. Although chromium supplementation may be prescribed for individuals who are chromium deficient, the prevalence of chromium deficiency in diabetic patients appears to be difficult to establish.
  • chromium at the appropriate dosage and form may cause improved glucose or lipid metabolism by overcoming insulin resistance.
  • Chromium may increase insulin binding to cells by increasing the number of insulin receptors.
  • chromium may increase insulin sensitivity by increasing insulin receptor phosphorylation.
  • the present invention contemplates metal complex of chromium in which the chromium is bioavailable.
  • sources of chromium include chromium trichloride, chromium acetate, chromium nicotinate (or polynicotinate), chromium picolinate, chromium glycinate, chromium oxalate, chromium perchlorate, chromium salicylate, chromium nicotinate glycinate, chromium 4-oxo-pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, chromium chelidamate or arginate; and chromium tris-acetylacetonate.
  • chromium complexes contemplated by the present invention may differ in bioavailability and potency.
  • the chromium complexes may contain chromium in the (III) (i.e., trivalent), (VI) (i.e., hexavalent), or other valent states, although it is believed that the trivalent state is responsible for biological effects of interest in the present invention and is therefore preferred.
  • Chromium in many of the chromium containing complexes contemplated by the present invention typically have chromium in the (III) valency. ertain embodiments ot tne present invention contemplate doses oi chromium from aboutl OO meg to about 5000 meg or higher.
  • the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of chromium in any particular form, such as complex or in any particular valency.
  • a patient would need to ingest about 610 meg of chromium trichloride.
  • Particular dosages of chromium contemplated by the present invention include about 200 meg, 300 meg, 333 meg, 500 meg, 650 meg, 750 meg, 1000 meg, 1250 meg, 1500 meg, 2000 meg, 2500 meg, 3000 meg, 3500 meg, 4500 meg, and 5000 meg, as well as other possible dosages determined by one of skill in the art.
  • Higher dosages while they may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may taper into dosages in the lower end of the taught ranges. In certain instances, it may be advantageous not to fall below about 250 to 600 meg of chromium per day when tapering the dose. Alternatively, in some embodiments, such as edible solids and other food items, dosages may be lower.
  • the dose of chromium may be modified if the supplement or composition contains a bioavailable source of vanadium.
  • the dose of chromium may be reduced by from about 10% to about 75%, or alternatively 25%, 33%, 55%, or 66%.
  • the amount of reduction in the chromium dose may depend, in part, on the dose of vanadium provided for in any supplement of the present invention, as well as the source of the vanadium and the means of administration.
  • the dose may be varied as necessary, for example, to treat one or more specific conditions set forth herein, or for example, to reflect any differences in administration or the nature of the components employed in any particular composition, method or program of the present invention.
  • the dose of chromium may be reduced as ingestion of the supplement results in improved blood glucose control.
  • the patient may need to monitor a number of indices, such as blood glucose levels or HbAlc levels, to determine the appropriate dosing.
  • the dose of chromium is based on the weight of the intended recipient. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.001 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.06 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.01 mg/kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.002 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.02 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the dose of chromium may be determined based on the intended recipient's condition.
  • the dose of chromium may depend on the subject's HbAlc level. Accordingly, in this particular example, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.003 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.009 mg or less/kg, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.005 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.006 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.015 mg/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbAlc level in the
  • Dosing for a particular's subject condition may be based on any of the parameters known in the art or described herein useful for assessing the condition of any subject. For example, a number of parameters of blood serum, in addition to HbAlc levels, may be used to determine appropriate dosing. Other measurements of import of potential use for dosing pu ⁇ oses are described herein. In addition, because the present compositions may be administered as edible solids, the dosage levels may need to be less to achieve the same therapeutic effect.
  • Chromium in the trivalent state is one of the least toxic nutrients: the reference dose established by the US EPA is 350 times the upper limit of the Estimated Safe and Adequate Daily Dietary Intake (ESADDI) of 200 meg per day, wherein the reference dose is defined as the estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a daily exposure to a human population, including sensitive subgroups, that is likely to be without appreciable risk of deleterious effects over a lifetime. Consequently, the present invention contemplates doses of trivalent chromium that substantially su ⁇ ass the ESADDI but which may be necessary to produce the greatest therapeutic effect.
  • ESADDI Estimated Safe and Adequate Daily Dietary Intake
  • vanadium compounds of the present invention are believed to have an insulin mimetic effect.
  • Vanadium often in the form of vanadate appears in certain tissues to stimulate glucose transport, activate glycogen synthase, increase glycogen syntheses in fat cells, and stimulate carbohydrate uptake in the liver like insulin.
  • vanadyl sulfate A commonly used source of vanadate is vanadyl sulfate. Upon ingestion, vanadyl sulfate is typically reduced to vanadate, which is a salt, of vanadic acid.
  • Glycogen synthase is an enzyme that causes the conversion of glucose into glycogen. Vanadate appears to activate glycogen synthase in the same manner as insulin. For example, vanadate appears to have no effect if insulin concentration is at a maximum, whereas if insulin is at less than maximum, vanadate increases both glycogen synthase activation state and 2-deoxyglucose transport to the level obtained if insulin were at maximized. Vanadate and insulin activate glycogen synthase within similar time frames, and adrenaline partially reverses both vanadate and insulin activated glycogen synthase. Also, insulin and vanadate counteract the activating effect of adrenaline on glycogen phosphorylase.
  • Dosages of vanadium in compositions of the present invention range from less than 5 mg to more than 100 mg. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of vanadium in any particular form, such as any particular complex or in any particular valency.
  • Particular dosages of vanadium contemplated by the present invention include about 0.1 mg, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, and 125 mg. In certain embodiments, the amount of vanadium administered is about 5 mg to 50 mg. Typically, these are daily dosages. Higher dosages, while they may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may taper into dosages in the lower end of the taught ranges. In some embodiments of the present invention, particularly those related to edible solids and other food items, dosages may be lower.
  • VO 2+ vanadyl
  • Such dosages would be: 0.1 mg V, 0.13 mg VO 2+ ; 1 mg V, 1.3 mg VO 2+ ; 5 mg V, 6.55 mg VO 2+ ; 10 mg V, 13.1 mg VO 2+ ; 20 mg V, 26.2 mg VO + ; 25 mg V, 32.8 mg VO 2+ ; 50 mg V; 65.5 mg NO 2+ ; 75 mg N, 98.3 mg NO 2+ ; 100 mg V, 131 mg VO 2+ ; and 125 mg V, 164 mg VO 2+ .
  • the compositions of the present invention include vanadyl sulfate hydrate as a vanadium source.
  • the amount of elemental vanadium in the source of vanadium sulfate hydrate was determined by elemental analysis to be approximately 20% by weight, which corresponds to about five to six waters of hydration per molecule of vanadyl sulfate.
  • some of the common doses of vanadium and the resulting amount of vanadyl sulfate hydrate necessary to provide that amount of vanadium would be: 0.1 mg of vanadium, 0.5 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate; 20 mg of vanadium, 100 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate; 100 mg of vanadium, 500 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate.
  • the dose of vanadium may be modified if the supplement or composition contains a bioavailable source of chromium.
  • the dose of vanadium may be reduced by from about 10% to about 75%, or alternatively 25%), 33%o, 55%, or 66%>.
  • the amount of reduction in the vanadium dose may depend, in part, on the dose of chromium provided for in any supplement of the present invention, as well as the source of the chromium and the means of administration.
  • the dose may be varied as necessary, for example, to treat one or more specific conditions set forth herein, or for example, to reflect any differences in administration or the nature of the components employed in any particular composition, method or program of the present invention.
  • the dose of vanadium may be reduced as ingestion of the supplement results in improved blood glucose control.
  • the patient may need to monitor a number of indices, such as blood glucose levels or HbAlc levels, to determine the appropriate dosing.
  • the dose of vanadium is based on the weight of the intended recipient. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.1 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 10 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.3 mg/kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.2 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.8 mg/kg of body weight. Alternatively, dosages based on the subject's weight may be based on the amount of vanadyl required in any embodiment of the present invention.
  • the dose of vanadyl is in the range of about 0.13 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 13 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.42 mg kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.26 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.10 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the dose of vanadium may be determined based on the intended recipient's condition.
  • the dose of vanadium may depend on the subject's HbAlc level. Accordingly, in this particular example, for a patient having an HbAl c level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.05 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.45 mg/kg; for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.15 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.6 mg/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1 , a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.3 mg/kg of body weight up to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of at least about 1 1 ,
  • Dosing for a particular's subject condition may be based on any of the parameters known in the art or described herein useful for assessing the condition of any subject. For example, a number of parameters of blood serum, in addition to HbAlc levels, may be used to determine appropriate dosing. Other measurements of import of potential use for dosing pu ⁇ oses are described herein.
  • vanadium containing compounds may be used in the present invention.
  • vanadyl sulfate does not appear not to be associated with any apparent toxicity during treatment periods of up to one year.
  • vanadyl sulfate may be less toxic than vanadate forms of vanadium.
  • vanadium compounds contemplated by the present invention include any of the following: vanadium pentoxide; vanadium trisulfate; vanadyl chloride; vanadyl glycinate; vanadyl gluconate; vanadyl citrate; vanadyl lactate; vanadyl tartrate; vanadyl gluconate; vanadyl phosphate; sodium orthovanadate; vanadium chelidamate or arginate; and vanadyl complexes with monoprotic bidentate 2,4-diones.
  • vanadium complexes In addition to those vanadium complexes specifically set forth above, other organic, inorganic, salts and complexes of vanadium, including vanadyl complexes, known to those of skill in the art are contemplated by the present invention.
  • the different vanadium-containing metal complexes of the present invention may contain vanadium in any number of vanadium valencies. Vanadyl ion is VO 2+ , which has vanadium in plus four oxidation state, is one form of vanadium that is preferred in supplements of the present invention.
  • magnesium is essential for maintaining the activity of the sodium potassium adenine triphosphate (Na-K- ATPase) pump.
  • Na-K- ATPase sodium potassium adenine triphosphate
  • Magnesium deficiency results in depletion of intracellular potassium (the most abundant intracellular cation) and sodium accumulation. In cardiac muscle, this electrolyte abnormality may cause electrocardiographic changes and cardiac irritability, leading to myocardial infarction and potentially lethal arrhythmias.
  • the recommended daily allowance of magnesium for humans is 350 mg.
  • Magnesium in mammals typically resides in three compartments: (1) bone; (2) intracellular bound form or an intracellular unbound form; and (3) in circulating bound and unbound forms.
  • concentration of circulating magnesium in the bloodstream increases as a result of the dietary intake of magnesium, the magnesium is sequestered into one of the bound or intracellular forms.
  • Hypomagensium is generally defined as a serum magnesium level concentration of less than 1.5 mEq/1.
  • Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes The incidence of magnesium deficiency in Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes appears to be unclear.
  • the diabetic patient may be at risk for developing magnesium depletion via inadequate dietary intake and gastrointestinal and renal losses, especially with poorly controlled blood glucose and resultant glucosuria.
  • the diagnosing magnesium deficiency in the clinical setting remains extremely difficult because serum magnesium measures only 0.3%> of the total body magnesium and is therefore difficult to determine.
  • Magnesium appears to improve glucose metabolism and to arrest or reduce any diabetes associated risk factors. Many preparations of magnesium are available but they may differ in potency, bioavailability (abso ⁇ tion), tolerability, and cost. Magnesium taken orally is absorbed primarily in the jejunum and ileum. Some magnesium salts, such as the oxide or the carbonate, although inexpensive, are not highly soluble in water, poorly absorbed and associated with gastrointestinal side effects, especially diarrhea. Other magnesium-containing complexes present better solubility, bioavailability, potency, tolerability, safety, and predictability in repleting intracellular and serum levels of magnesium.
  • Such molecules include: magnesium chloride; magnesium citrate; magnesium fumarate; magnesium succinate; magnesium orotate; magnesium aminodicarbonic acid fluoride, bromide and iodide; magnesium aspartate; magnesium stearate; magnesium glutamate; magnesium oxide; magnesium hydroxide; magnesium carbonate; magnesium hydrogen phosphate; magnesium glycerophosphate; magnesium trisilicate; magnesium hydroxide carbonate; magnesium acetate; magnesium citrate; magnesium gluconate; magnesium lactate; magnesium ascorbate; magnesium taurate; magnesium malate; and magnesium diglycinate.
  • magnesium orotate magnesium aspartate
  • magnesium citrate is soluble in gastric fluid and thus is readily available for passive abso ⁇ tion in the upper gastrointestinal tract.
  • Magnesium and taurine may act to improve insulin sensitivity and to reduce vasoconstriction and atherogenesis, and stabilize platelets.
  • Magnesium acetate, magnesium ascorbate and magnesium lactate are soluble in gastric fluid and share the upper gastrointestinal passive abso ⁇ tion potential of magnesium citrate.
  • the ascorbate radical serves as a source of vitamin C by conversion to ascorbic acid upon exposure to hydrochloric acid in the gastric fluid, whereas the magnesium ion is converted to soluble magnesium chloride.
  • the satisfactory water solubility of magnesium acetate, magnesium ascorbate, magnesium citrate and magnesium lactate provide for a diffusional gradient of magnesium in the upper small intestine where some passive abso ⁇ tion of magnesium occurs.
  • Magnesium oxide is converted to magnesium chloride in the stomach, and offers the advantage of a high ionic magnesium content, since 60%. by weight of the magnesium oxide molecule is elemental magnesium.
  • Magnesium diglycinate represents a form of magnesium that is absorbed in part as an intact dipeptide in the proximal small intestine via a dipeptide transport pathway and therefore provides a third abso ⁇ tive mechanism for magnesium.
  • Magnesium stearate is useful as a lubricant when compressing the composition into tablets.
  • the observations for these magnesium complexes is illustrative of the type of processes and chemical reactions that may occur for any of the transitional metal complexes described herein, including the chromium- and vanadium-containing complexes.
  • a variety of dosages, in amount of magnesium, are contemplated by the present invention. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of magnesium in any particular form, such as any particular complex.
  • the dose may range from about 5 mg or less to 1000 mg or more. Specific dosages include about 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 1000 mg, 1500 mg, and 2000 mg.
  • a preferred dose is 46 mg of magnesium. Typically, these are daily dosages. Higher dosages, while the may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may tamper into dosages in the lower end of the ranges.
  • appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art.
  • the appropriate dose of magnesium may depend on the mode of administration. In certain embodiments, use of the subject compositions in edible solids may require lower doses than those required for ingestion of the subject composition in tablet form.
  • the appropriate dose of magnesium may be based on the weight of the intended recipient. Alternatively, as discussed for other components, the appropriate dose of magnesium may be based on the condition of any subject, as assessed by a number of variables of import. Alternatively, magnesium does may vary with the identity and amounts of the other components in any supplement of the present invention.
  • appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art.
  • Aspirin acetyl salicylic acid
  • Aspirin may be use to reduce the risk of either primary (high risk for cardiovascular disease) or secondary (cardiovascular disease).
  • the health promoting benefits of aspirin derive in part from its antiplatelet effect. It appears to work, in part, by inhibiting cyclooxygenase, an enzyme necessary for the synthesis of thromboxane, a potent stimulator of platelet aggregation, a condition known to be increased in diabetes and to be causative in the atherosclerotic process. In patients with diabetes and other glucose metabolism disorders, aspirin appears to correct this abnormal increase in platelet activity.
  • Platelet aggregation is implicated in thrombus formation, which involves interaction of aggregated platelets and activated coagulation factors with a damaged vascular wall. Platelets are normally non-adherent, but upon damage to the endothelial lining of a vessel, the platelets adhere to exposed subendothelial collagen. The von Willebrand factor (vWF) is involved in this adhesion. Collagen and thrombin initiate platelet activation and activate phospholipase C, which hydrolyzes membrane phospholipids. Protein kinase C is thereby activated, and the calcium concentration of platelet cytosol increases.
  • vWF von Willebrand factor
  • Arachidonic acid is liberated from membrane phospholipids and is oxidized in part to prostaglandin H 2 (PGH 2 ) and TxA 2 . After platelet aggregation, fibrinogen is converted to fibrin to secure the hemostatic platelet plug. Platelet aggregation is mediated by the PGH 2 derivative prostacyclin, which is also a vasodilator. In the arachidonic acid cascade, aspirin acts as a cyclooxygenase inhibitor, blocking the conversion of arachidonic acid to the PGH 2 precursor prostaglandin G 2 (PGG 2 ).
  • PGG 2 is a precursor to both TxA 2 and prostacyclin
  • aspirin blocks both the aggregation inducing and aggregation inhibiting effects of these factors.
  • naproxen, indomethacin, piroxicam and acetaminophen inhibit production of the pain-producing prostaglandins by cox-2, but they all, other than aspirin, substantially inhibit cox-1, which produces prostacyclin.
  • Aspirin inhibits prostacyclin production the least (3-4 hrs), and piroxicam the most (3-4 days). It is believed that that one aspirin taken every 3 days maximizes prostacyclin production and minimizes production of TxA 2 , which causes hypertension and has been implicated in development of vascular disease.
  • non- cylooxygenase inhibitors may be used for pain relief in addition to aspirin (e.g., Tramadol - Ultram), or inhibitors of cox-2 only (e.g., Meloxicam, and Sulindac (Clinoril)).
  • aspirin e.g., Tramadol - Ultram
  • inhibitors of cox-2 only e.g., Meloxicam, and Sulindac (Clinoril)
  • aspirin in doses above 80 mg per day may interfere with the synthesis of prostaglandins necessary to protect the gastric mucosa, gastrointestinal hemorrhage may result if aspirin is used above such a dose. Therefore, aspirin trials have used progressively smaller doses to avoid the risk of hemorrhage, and have found comparable suppression of thromboxane with doses as low as 10 mg per day and with equal or greater risk reduction for cardiovascular end point.
  • the present invention may use standardized willow bark as the source of aspirin.
  • Standardized willow bark is a Chinese herb and is highly standardized source of aspirin.
  • other, naturally occurring sources of acetyl salicylic acid may be used in the present invention.
  • Typical dosage ranges of acetyl salicylic acid include less than 10 mg to 100 mg or more.
  • Particular doses of aspirin include about 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg. Typically, these are daily dosages.
  • higher dosages are contemplated by the invention, they are less preferred because of potential gastric disturbances.
  • the appropriate dose of aspirin may depend on the mode of administration. For example, use of the subject compositions in edible solids may require lower doses than those required for ingestion of the subject composition in tablet form. As for the other components of the subject compositions, appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art. Such factors include the weight of the intended recipient or the condition of the recipient.
  • homocysteine a sulfhydryl-containing amino acid
  • Homocysteine may injure arterial endothelial cells, may affect platelet-endothelial cell interaction, and may be thrombogenic. Such effects appear to accelerate the artherogenic process in diabetic patients.
  • High homocysteine levels may be normalized by folic acid treatment, which thereby may reduce arthersclerotic events.
  • the present invention may be practiced in the absence of folic acid, although in certain embodiments, the present invention will contain about 400 to about 600 meg folic acid, or alternatively, about 400 meg.
  • Other possible doses include about 200 meg or less, 300 meg, 500 meg, 600 meg, and about 1000 meg or more.
  • Vitamin E Vitamin E (free 2R, 4'R, 8'R-alpha-tocopherol) is the most widely studied of the antioxidant vitamins.
  • the interest in vitamin E as an antioxidant is based on the many demonstrations in humans that giving vitamin E as a supplement decreases the oxidation of low density lipoprotein (LDL) ex vivo, an event critical in the atherogenic process.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • Vitamin E supplementation reduces significantly atherosclerosis in primates, including humans. This observation assumes greater importance in those with diabetes, in view of the fact that as many as 60%> of newly diagnosed diabetic patients already have clinically obvious cardiovascular disease. A number of studies confirm such observation/ A significantly lower risk of coronary artery disease was observed in a four year, prospective, observational study in healthy middle-aged men who had higher intakes of dietary vitamin E as compared to those consuming small amounts. In another prospective, epidemiological study, middle-aged women free of cardiovascular disease at baseline were found to have a highly significant reduced risk of coronary artery disease if they had been on vitamin E supplements for at least two years during the eight year study. In a more recent and similar seven year prospective study of postmenopausal women without cardiovascular disease, dietary vitamin E consumption, but not vitamin A or C, was inversely associated with the risk of death from coronary artery disease.
  • CHAOS Cambridge Heart Antioxidant Study
  • vitamin E supplementation Another benefit of vitamin E supplementation is believed to be the favorable effect it has on insulin sensitivity, glucose metabolism, and lipid levels in both healthy subjects and patients with Type 2 diabetes.
  • low concentration of plasma vitamin E at baseline was found to be an independent and powerful predictor for the development of Type 2 diabetes during the four year study.
  • a low level of vitamin E was associated with a greater than five-fold risk of developing diabetes in the ensuing four years.
  • vitamin E may restore reduced prostacyclin synthesis, thereby possibly treating neuropathy.
  • Vitamin E was well tolerated in the studies where it was given as a supplement, and in the CHAOS study, there was no difference between the alpha-tocopherol treatment (400 or 800 I.U.) or placebo groups for side effects. Because of the unusually high incidence of clinical heart disease in newly diagnosed diabetic patients, and the favorable effect vitamin E has on the metabolic abnormalities of Type 2 diabetes, the present invention may contain vitamin E. Dosages may range up to 1200 I.U. or more, especially 400-800 I.U., and particularly 400 I.U.
  • alpha-tocopherol and its analogs and esters thereof e.g., alpha- tocopherol acid succinate and alpha-tocopherol acetate
  • other equivalents of tocopherols may be used in the subject preparations, such as tocotrienols and their esters, and tocopheryl nicotinate.
  • Gamma tocopherol are believed to trap mutagenic electrophiles such as NOx.
  • Alpha-tocopherol acid succinate may be useful for preparing supplements in tablet form.
  • Alpha-lipoic acid is a antioxidant and is an essential a coenzyme in the utilization of sugar (glucose) for energy production. Alpha-lipoic acid also assists the body recycle and renew other antioxidants, e.g. vitamins C and E, Co-QlO and glutathione, and neutralizes both oxygen and nitrogen free radicals, which are believed to play major causal roles in cardiovascular diseases. It has been suggested that alpha-lipoic acid may increase intracellular glutathione levels. More recently, administration of alpha-lipoic acid to diabetic patients with neuropathy appeared to reduce significantly associated symptoms. In addition, DL-lipoic acid has been recommended for treatment of a metabolic aberration of pymvate dehydrogenase, which is symptomatic of diabetes. Also, alpha-lipoic acid has been used to treat circulatory problems resulting from diabetes.
  • the present invention will contain about 10 mg or less to about 600 mg or more alpha-lipoic acid, with the most preferred dose of 50 mg.
  • Other possible dosages include 10 mg or less, 25 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, and 750 mg or more. If a patient presents with neuropathy, an increased dose of alpha-lipoic acid may be appropriate.
  • NAC N-acetylcysteine N-acetylcysteine
  • NAC N-acetylcysteine
  • Selenium may be present as atomic selenium, but may also be a selenium compound, organic or inorganic. Any selenium compound that is non-toxic at the levels administered, and capable of being formulated with the other compounds of the formulation may be used.
  • inorganic sources of selenium may include sodium selenite, selenium chloride, selenium oxide, selenium sulfide, sodium selenide, sodium selenate, selenium bromide, selenium oxybromide, selenium fluoride, selenium oxyfluoride, selenium oxychloride, selenium hexafluoride, selenium tetrabromide, selenium tetrachloride and selenium tetrafluoride.
  • Organic selenium is available, for example, as kelp bound selenium contained in a colloidal polymannuronate complex or as Selen-yeast which is yeast grown on media rich in selenium and/or selenium salts.
  • Other useful organic sources include, for example, seleno- amino acids, seleno-proteins, selenium-rich extracts of biological materials, selenols such as methyl selenol and ethyl selenol, and selenophenols such as selenophenol itself.
  • Dose may range up to 200 meg or more (based on elemental selenium), and particular dosages include 40 meg or less, 60 meg, 80 meg, 100 meg, 150 meg, 200 meg, and 250 meg or more.
  • Another possible component for improving anti-oxidant capabilities is ginko biloba extract.
  • a possible dose is 120 mg, but the dose may vary.
  • other well-known antioxidants that are contemplated by the present invention include both synthetic and naturally occurring ones: vitamin A ( ⁇ -carotene and other carotenoids) vitamin C, selenium, probucol, drugs that inhibit superoxide anion formation or increase its destruction and lipoxygenase inhibitors.
  • diets rich in oleic acid may prove useful.
  • the present invention contemplates formulations containing vitamin A, including retinoids, ⁇ -carotene, ⁇ -carotene, cryptoxanthine, and other equivalents.
  • Possible dosages of Vitamin A or its equivalents include up to 5000 I.U. or more.
  • vitamins and minerals are important in the metabolism of glucose and the maintenance of good health and may be ingested from food or included in a supplement. Some of these other vitamins and minerals include calcium, copper, and zinc.
  • the biguanides e.g., metformin
  • the thiazolidinediones are believed to act by increasing the rate of peripheral glucose disposal.
  • Metformin N,N-dimethylimidodicarbonimidicdiamide; 1,1- dimethylbiguanide; N,N-dimethylbiguanide; N,N-dimethyldiguanide; N'- dimethylguanylguanidine
  • ITT impaired glucose tolerant
  • Type 2 diabetic subjects lowering both pre- and post-prandial plasma glucose. Metformin is generally not effective in the absence of insulin. Bailey, Diabetes Care 15:755- 72 (1992).
  • metformin does not appear to produce hypoglycemia in either diabetic or non-diabetic subjects.
  • metformin therapy insulin secretion remains unchanged while fasting insulin levels and day-long plasma insulin response may decrease.
  • the efficacy of metformin has been shown in several trials. In one study of moderately obese Type 2 diabetics, HbAlc levels improved from 8.6% to 7.1%. after 29 weeks of metformin therapy alone or in combination with sulfonylurea. DeFronzo et al, New Engl. J. Med. 333:541-49 (1995).
  • Metformin also had a favorable effect on serum lipids, lowering mean fasting serum triglycerides, total cholesterol, and LDL cholesterol levels and showing no adverse effects on other lipid levels.
  • metformin improved glycemic control in NIDDM subjects in a dose-related manner. After 14 weeks, metformin 500 and 2000 mg daily reduced HbAlc by 0.9% and 2.0%, respectively. Garber et al., Am J. Med. 102:491-97 (1997).
  • Metformin may have a beneficial therapeutic effect on insulin resistant non-diabetics.
  • Metformin is commonly administered as metformin HCl. This as well as all other useful forms of metformin are contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention.
  • a fixed dosage regimen is individualized for the management of hyperglycemia in diabetes with metformin HCl or any other pharmacologic agent. Individualization of dosage is made on the basis of both effectiveness and tolerance, while generally not exceeding the maximum recommended daily dose of about 2550 mg.
  • compositions comprise in the range of about 10 mg up to about 2550 mg per daily dose. Many patients observe benefits at about 500 mg per day.
  • dosages may be less than about 100 mg per day when administered with the other components of any supplement of the present invention.
  • Some subject experience gastrointestinal side effects, which may be alleviated by dosage reduction. A rare but severe side effect of metformin therapy is lactic acidosis.
  • metformin is often used with sulfonylureas, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, troglitazone, and insulin.
  • Metformin combined with a sulfonylurea increases insulin sensitivity and may lower plasma glucose.
  • metformin with repaglinide may be more effective than glipizide, and at least as effective as glyburide, in maintaining glycemic control over many months.
  • Metformin with troglitazone improves glucose control in excess of either agent alone. Inzucchi et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 338:867-72 (1998).
  • Thiazolidinediones contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include troglitazone, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone and the like. Such compounds are well- known, e.g., as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,223,522, 5,132,317, 5,120,754, 5,061,717, 4,897,405, 4,873,255, 4,687,777, 4,572,912, 4,287,200, and 5,002,953; and Current Pharmaceutical Design 2:85-101 (1996).
  • Troglitazone is an oral antihyperglycemic agent that increases glucose transport possibly by activation of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor- ⁇ (PPAR ⁇ ). By such activation, troglitazone enhances expression of GLUT4 glucose transporters, resulting in increased insulin-stimulated glucose uptake. Troglitazone may also attenuate gluconeogenesis and or activation of glycolysis.
  • PPAR ⁇ peroxisome pro
  • Glycemic control resulting from troglitazone therapy reduces HbAlc by approximately 1 to 2%.
  • Troglitazone may also decrease insulin requirements.
  • mean HbAl c fell by 0.8%o and 1.4% for doses of 200 and 600 mg troglitazone, respectively. Insulin requirements were reduced by up to 29%.
  • Troglitazone may be used to delay or prevent Type 2 diabetes in certain embodiments of the present invention.
  • 400 mg of troglitazone increased glucose disposal rates in obese patients with either impaired or normal glucose tolerance.
  • 600 mg troglitazone improved insulin homeostasis, including improving insulin sensitivity and lowering circulating insulin concentrations, but glucose tolerance was unchanged. Berkowitz et al., Diabetes 45:172-79 (1996).
  • Thiazolidinediones may be used with at-risk populations for NIDDM, such as women with POCS or GDM, to prevent or delay the onset of NIDDM.
  • troglitazone when used alone, range from about 10 mg up to about 800 mg per daily dose and a commensurate range is contemplated for use in the present invention.
  • the composition comprises from about 100 mg to about 600 mg of troglitazone per daily dose, or alternatively 400 mg.
  • the daily dose may subdivided for administration on two, three, or more occasions during the day.
  • troglitazone may be used in combination with insulin and a sulfonylurea agent. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,859,037.
  • sulfonylureas may be used to treat diabetes.
  • Sulfonylureas generally operate by lowering plasma glucose by increasing the release of insulin from the pancreas.
  • sulfonylureas act by blocking the ATP-sensitive potassium channels.
  • the sulfonylurea glimepiride may also increase insulin sensitivity by stimulating translocation of GLUT4 transporters.
  • Sulfonylureas are typically prescribed when HbAlc is above 8%. See also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,258,185, 4,873,080.
  • the sulfonylureas are a class of compounds that are well-known in the art, e.g., as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,454,635, 3,669,966, 2,968,158, 3,501,495, 3,708,486, 3,668,215, 3,654,357, and 3,097,242.
  • Exemplary sulfonylureas contemplated for use in certain embodiments of the present invention include acetohexamide (in the range of about 250 up to about 1500 mg), chlo ⁇ ropamide (in the range of about 100 up to about 500 mg), tolazimide (in the range of about 100 up to about 1000 mg), tolbutamide (in the range of about 500 up to about 3000 mg), gliclazide (in the range of about 80 up to about 320 mg), glipizide (in the range of about 5 up to about 40 mg), glipizide GITS (in the range of about 5 up to about 20 mg), glyburide (in the range of about 1 up to about 20 mg), micronized glyburide (in the range of about 0.75 up to about 12 mg), glimeperide (in the range of about 1 up to about 8 mg), AG-EE 623 ZW, and the like.
  • Glimepiride is the first anti-diabetic
  • alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention to treat and/or prevent diabetes.
  • Such inhibitors competitively inhibit alpha- glucosidase, which metabolizes carbohydrates, thereby delaying carbohydrate abso ⁇ tion and attenuating post-prandial hyperglycemia.
  • These decrease in glucose allows the production of insulin to be more regular, and as a result, serum concentrations of insulin are decreased as are HbAlc levels. There does not appear to be any increased insulin sensitivity, however.
  • Exemplary alpha-glucosidase inhibitors contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include acarbose, miglitol, and the like. Effective dosages of both acarbose and miglitol are in the range of about 25 up to about 300 mg daily.
  • Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may be used in combination with sulfonylureas, and they appear to be about on-half as effective as sulfonylureas or metformin in reducing glucose levels. HbAlc levels generally decrease from 0.5 to 1.0%. In addition, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors have been shown to be effective in reducing the post-prandial rise in blood glucose. Lefevre et al., Drugs 44:29-38 (1992).
  • benzoic acid derivatives may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention to treat and or prevent diabetes.
  • These agents also known as meglitinides, are non- sulfonylurea hypoglycemic agents having insulin secretory capacity.
  • repaglinide appears to bind to ATP-sensitive potassium channels on pancreatic beta cells and thereby increases insulin secretion.
  • Exemplary benzoic acid derivatives contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include repaglinide and the like.
  • the effective daily dosage may be in the range of about 0.5 mg up to about 16 mg, and the agent may be taken before each meal.
  • the subject supplements may be conjointly administered with a an Ml receptor antagonist.
  • Cholinergic agents are potent modulators of insulin release that act via muscarinic receptors. Moreover, the use of such agents can have the added benefit of decreasing cholesterol levels, while increasing HDL levels.
  • Suitable muscarinic receptor antagonists include substances that directly or indirectly block activation of muscarinic cholinergic receptors. Preferably, such substances are selective (or are used in amounts that promote such selectivity) for the Ml receptor.
  • Nonlimiting examples include quaternary amines (such as methantheline, ipratropium, and propantheline), tertiary amines (e.g.
  • muscarinic receptor antagonists include benztropine (commercially available as COGENTIN from Merck), hexahydro-sila-difenidol hydrochloride (HHSID hydrochloride disclosed in Lambrecht et al., Trends in Pharmacol. Sci. 10(Suppl):60 (1989); (+/-)-3-quinuclidinyl xanthene-9-carboxylate hemioxalate (QNX- hemioxalate; Birdsall et al., Trends in Pharmacol. Sci.
  • HHSID hydrochloride hexahydro-sila-difenidol hydrochloride
  • (+/-)-3-quinuclidinyl xanthene-9-carboxylate hemioxalate QNX- hemioxalate
  • Birdsall et al. Trends in Pharmacol. Sci.
  • muscarinic receptor antagonists will be generally subject to optimization as outlined below. In the case of lipid metabolism disorders, dosage optimization may be necessary independently of whether administration is timed by reference to the lipid metabolism responsiveness window or not.
  • the subject formulations or supplements may also act synergistically with prolactin inhibitors such as d2 dopamine agonists (e.g. bromocriptine). Accordingly, the subject method may include the conjoint administration of such prolactin inhibitors as prolactin-inhibiting ergo alkaloids and prolactin-inhibiting dopamine agonists.
  • prolactin inhibitors such as d2 dopamine agonists (e.g. bromocriptine).
  • the subject method may include the conjoint administration of such prolactin inhibitors as prolactin-inhibiting ergo alkaloids and prolactin-inhibiting dopamine agonists.
  • suitable agents include 2-bromo-alpha-ergocriptine, 6-methyl-8 beta-carbobenzyloxyaminoethyl-10-alpha- ergoline, 8-acylaminoergolines, 6-methyl-8-alpha-(N-acyl)amino-9-ergoline, 6-methyl-8- alpha-(N-phenylacetyl)amino-9-ergoline, ergocomine, 9,10-dihydroergocomine, D-2-halo-6- alkyl-8-substituted ergolines, D-2-bromo-6-methyl-8-cyanomethylergoline, carbidopa, benserazide and other dopadecarboxylase inhibitors, L-dopa, dopamine and non toxic salts thereof.
  • Methods of administering prolactin inhibitors have been devised to minimize the reduction in metabolic rate which may result from such therapy.
  • agents are presently under investigation as potential anti-diabetics in humans. Any of such agents may be used in the present invention for treatment and/or prevention of diabetes if they become available for therapeutic use.
  • CPT-I carnitine palmitoyl-transferase I
  • etomoxir an enzyme that catalyzes fatty acid oxidation
  • etomoxir an enzyme that catalyzes fatty acid oxidation
  • Etomoxir irreversibly inhibits carnitine palmitoyl-transferase I, which is necessary for fatty acid oxidation.
  • Such inhibition may reducde fasting hyperglycemia, because products of fatty acid oxidation stimulate hepatic gluconeogenesis.
  • Etomoxir may improve insulin sensitivity in Type 2 diabetics. Hubinger et al., Hormone
  • amylin compounds Another class of anti-diabetic agents that, subject to the necessary regulatory approval(s), may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention, are amylin compounds.
  • Amylin is a 37 amino acid polypeptide synthesized and secreted along with insulin from beta cells. Early studies indicate that such compounds reduce post-prandial increases in serum glucose.
  • anti-diabetic agents that may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention are dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors and glucagon-like polypeptides (I) (glp I), (glp2), or other diabetogenic peptide hormones.
  • insulin itself may be an anti-diabetic agent, although in certain other embodiments, insulin is not included in the inventive compositions.
  • embodiments of the present invention are directed to diagnostic and prognostic methods for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing diabetes, and in particular, Type 2 diabetes.
  • Knowledge of a predisposition to developing impaired glucose metabolism allows for customization of a therapy or treatment regimen to an individual's genetic profile, which is aim of pharmacogenomics.
  • the comparison of an individual's profile to the population profile for the disease permits the selection or design of supplements that are expected to be safe and efficacious for a particular patient or patient population (i.e., a group of patients having the same genetic alteration).
  • genetic screening would allow individuals that may be susceptible to diabetes to be identified readily, whereupon treatment with supplements of the present invention may be used to treat and/or prevent any disorders or conditions related to diabetes before onset of clinical symptoms.
  • administration of a supplement of the present invention with respect to both the effective dose and the timing of administration, may be optimized for different genetic populations.
  • Mutations in human HNF genes may result in Type 2 diabetes.
  • genetic lesions that may cause or contribute to diabetes include alterations affecting the integrity of a gene encoding an HNFl and/or 4 protein, or the mis- expression of the HNFl and/or 4 gene.
  • a large number of assay techniques for detecting lesions in an HNFl and/or 4 gene are described in the two above-referenced patents. Many of these assay techniques involve amplification of nucleic acids, often by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or related techniques. Others use antibodies directed against wild type or mutant HNFl and/or 4 proteins.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the assay methods described therein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described therein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving an HNFl and or 4 gene.
  • kits containing the proper materials and supplies for the appropriate genetic testing of discrete subpopulations along with, in certain embodiments, the treatment and prevention regimens disclosed herein.
  • the present invention contemplates using them as diagnostic or prognostic indicators for susceptibility to diabetes, especially Type 2 diabetes.
  • the supplements of the present invention may be used preventively to ameliorate conditions in individuals displaying a genetic profile with an increased risk for diabetes.
  • the levels of expression at the mRNA of human insulin receptors A and B have been associated with Type 2 diabetes or a genetic predisposition to Type 2 diabetes.
  • a ratio of 1 : 1 : in the two mRNA levels is indicative of Type 2 diabetes or a susceptibility to Type 2 diabetes.
  • any supplement, or any component thereof, of the present invention will vary depending on the symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated or prevented, the route of administration, and the form of the supplement. Possible dosage ranges and particular dosages have been presented above in discussing different components that may be present in any supplement or composition of the present invention.
  • Any of the subject formulations may be administered in a single dose or in divided doses. Dosages of the components, including anti-diabetic agents and minerals of the subject compositions, may be taken simultaneously, substantially simultaneously, at different times, or at substantially different times. Dosages for many of the vitamins, minerals, anti- diabetic agents and other components discussed herein are known in the art.
  • Dosages for the subject compositions, and components thereof, may be readily determined by techniques known to those of skill in the art or as taught herein.
  • An effective dose or amount, and any possible affects on the timing of administration of the formulation may need to be identified for any particular supplement, or component thereof, of the present invention. This may be accomplished by routine experiment as described herein, using one or more groups of animals (preferably at least 5 animals per group), or in human trials if appropriate.
  • the effectiveness of any supplement and method of treatment or prevention may be assessed by administering the supplement and assessing the effect of the administration by measuring one or more indices associated with glucose metabolism, and comparing the post-treatment values of these indices to the values of the same indices prior to treatment.
  • the precise time of administration and/or amount of any particular supplement that will yield the most effective treatment in a given patient will depend upon the activity, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailability of a particular compound, physiological condition of the patient (including age, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), route of administration, etc.
  • the guidelines presented herein may be used to optimize the treatment, e.g., determining the optimum time and/or amount of administration, which will require no more than routine experimentation consisting of monitoring the subject and adjusting the dosage and/or timing.
  • glucose metabolism may be monitored by measuring one or more of the relevant indices at predetermined times during a 24-hour period. Treatment, including supplement, amounts, times of administration and formulation, may be optimized according to the results of such monitoring.
  • the patient may be periodically reevaluated to determine the extent of improvement by measuring the same parameters, the first such reevaluation typically occurring at the end of four weeks from the onset of therapy, and subsequent reevaluations occurring every four to eight weeks during therapy and then every three months thereafter. Therapy may continue for several months or even years, with a minimum of three months being a typical length of therapy for humans.
  • Adjustments to the amount(s) of agent(s), drug(s), or supplement(s) administered and possibly to the time of administration may be made based on these reevaluations. For example, if after four weeks of treatment one of the metabolic indices has not improved but at least one other has, the dose of different components of the formulation might be increased by, for example, one- third. For example, if blood glucose levels have not decreased sufficiently after a period of treatment by a formulation of the present invention, then the dosages of chromium and vanadium-containing complexes may be increased, or alternatively other complexes may be used, whereas the dose of aspirin would not necessarily need to be adjusted.
  • Treatment may be initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage may be increased by small increments until the optimum therapeutic effect is attained.
  • any supplement of the present invention may reduce the required dosage for any individual component because the onset and duration of effect of the different components may be complimentary.
  • the different components may be delivered together or separately, and simultaneously or at different times within the day.
  • the different components may be administered substantially simultaneously, or alternatively as a composition or formulation containing both components.
  • vitamin C may regenerate and spare vitamin E, so any formulation having both of these compounds may provide complimentary protection against oxidative stress.
  • indices may need to be measured. For example, in an oral glucose tolerance test, a patient's physiological response to a glucose load or challenge is evaluated.
  • the patient's physiological response to the glucose challenge is evaluated. Generally, this is accomplished by determining the patient's blood glucose levels (the concentration of glucose in the patient's plasma, serum, or whole blood) at several predetermined points in time. Guyton, Textbook of Medical Physiology 855-67 (8 th ed. 1991). Another related method is the hyperinsulinemic-euglycemic clamp.
  • Blood glucose measurements may be made by any number of methods.
  • the timing of any blood glucose test may be material, and the present invention contemplates determining the fasting blood glucose level and especially the post-prandial blood glucose level.
  • the desirable fasting glucose level or pre-prandial
  • a non- diabetic has a pre-prandial glucose level of less than 110 mg/dl.
  • the desirable post-prandial level or bedtime glucose level
  • a non-diabetic has a bedtime glucose level of less than 120 mg/dl.
  • glucose oxidase glucose oxidase
  • hexokinase glucose dehydrogenase
  • glucose dehydrogenase glucose oxidase
  • blood glucose is oxidized by glucose-oxidase to produce gluconic acid and hydrogen peroxide.
  • Glucose concentrations may be determined by measuring oxygen consumed or hydrogen peroxide produced (amperometric method), or by measuring gluconic acid produced (potentiometric method).
  • Non-invasive technologies that have been used or proposed for measuring glucose levels in tissue include: near-IR transmission and reflectance, Near-IR Kromoscopy, spatially resolved diffuse reflectance, polarimetry measurements, raman measurements, and PA measurements.
  • blood glucose levels may be measured by irradiating blood vessels in the retina of the eye.
  • other spectroscopic methods have been proposed and are known to those of skill in the art.
  • Hb Human adult hemoglobin
  • HbA2 HbA2
  • HbF also known as fetal hemoglobin
  • HbAla Chromatographic analysis of HbA has shown that it contains a number of minor hemoglobin species. These minor species have been designated HbAla, HbAlb, and HbAlc. These species are referred to as glycosylated hemoglobins or glycohemoglobins, and are formed by condensation of the amino group of the hemoglobin with a keto moiety of a sugar.
  • the sugar is glucose
  • the glycosylated hemoglobin is formed by the condensation of the N-terminal valine amino acid of each ⁇ -chain of hemoglobin with glucose to form an unstable Schiff base or aldimine (also known as pre-Alc), which then undergoes an Amadori rearrangement to form a stable ketoamine.
  • HbAlc glycosylated hemoglobins
  • the formation of glycosylated hemoglobins is non-enzymatic and occurs over the lifespan of the red cell, which is about 120 days under normal conditions.
  • the amount of HbAlc is proportional to the concentration of glucose in the blood, and is therefore related to time-averaged glucose concentration over the period prior to the measurement, which is approximately two to three months.
  • HbAlc values may be used to assess diabetic control, in which short-term fluctuations in plasma glucose levels do not affect the measurement.
  • the desirable HbAlc level is less than 7%, and less than 6% in a non-diabetic. Under the American Diabetes Clinical Practice Recommendations, additional action is recommended if a patient's HbAlc level exceeds 8%.
  • VHA guidelines recommend measuring HbAlc levels at least once annually.
  • Measurement of glycosylated hemoglobins may augment other traditional methods of assessing control of glucose metabolism. For example, measurement of glycosylated hemoglobins may be used when urine glucose records are inadequate, when blood glucose levels vary markedly throughout the day or from day to day, and for a new patient with known or suspected diabetes in whom there is no previous record of blood glucose concentration. A particular application for monitoring glycosylated hemoglobins is during pregnancy, when close control of diabetes is especially important.
  • Ion exchange chromatography may be conducted using resins containing weakly acidic cation exchanges or negatively charged carboxymethylcellulose resin.
  • High performance liquid chromatography provides a reliable reference method.
  • Affinity chromatography may be used to separate non-glycosylated hemoglobin from glycosylated hemoglobin.
  • a suitable affinity column is prepared having immobilized m- aminophenylboronic acid. The boronic acid reacts with the cis-diol groups of glucose bound to hemoglobin to form a reversible 5-membered ring complex, thus selectively binding the glycosylated hemoglobin to the affinity column. Sorbitol disassociates glycosylated hemoglobin from the column. For example, glycosylated hemoglobin may be measured by a modification of the method of Clegg and Schroeder, Clegg et al., J. Lab Clin. Med. 102:577- 89 (1983).
  • spectrophotometric method involves the reaction of inositol hexaphosphate (phytic acid) with hemoglobin. Absorbance increases at 633 nm and decreases at 560 nm. upon phytic acid binding to the N-terminal amino groups of the ⁇ -chains. This change only occurs for Hb A that is unglycosylated, so the change in absorbance induced by phytic acid is thus inversely proportional to the fraction of glycosylated hemoglobin.
  • Antibody directed against HbAlc may be prepared and used as the basis for a radioimmunoassay. Isoelectric focusing has also been used as a method of quantitating HbAlc. In another method, capillary electrophoresis may be used, usually in conjunction with an antibody directed against HbAlc. Kits for measuring glycosylated hemoglobin are known in the art, and contemplated by the present invention.
  • Fasting glucose levels may be measured by finger stick glucometer readings. Samples of apolipoproteins may be analyzed on a protein analyzer using proper standardization techniques. Other indices may be measured by techniques known to those of skill in the art. Animal-based studies may be conducted on different supplements, or components thereof, of the present invention as necessary to determine combinations of the different components that produce the greatest therapeutic effect. For example, in rats the diabetic state may be induced by injecting streptozoticin (STZ) at an appropriate dose, for example 60 mg/kg dissolved in 0.9% NaCl IC via the tail vein upon anaesthetization. The diabetic state may be confirmed at a later time, whereupon assaying of different supplements may begin thereafter.
  • STZ streptozoticin
  • SHR insulin resistant spontaneously hypertensive rats
  • WKY Wistar Kyoto
  • ZDF Zucker diabetic fatty rat
  • ZLC ZLC
  • transgenic mouse models may be useful in the present invention.
  • the db/db mouse a genetically obese and diabetic strain of mouse
  • the db/db mouse develops hyperglycemia and hyperinsulinemia concomitant with its development of obesity and thus serves as a model of obese Type 2 diabetes.
  • the db/db mice may purchased from, for example, the Jackson Laboratories (Bar Harbor, Me.).
  • sub-orbital sinus blood samples may be taken before and at some time after dosing of each animal.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of supplements, or components thereof may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it may be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 5 o.
  • Compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • supplements that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets the component(s) of any supplement responsible for any toxic effects to the desired site in order to reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies may be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of any supplement, or alternatively of any components therein lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose may be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information may be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
  • Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • compositions and supplements of the present invention may be administered in various forms, depending on the disorder or condition to be treated and the age, condition and body weight of the patient, as is well known in the art. It will also be appreciated that each of the different components may be administered individually, or alternatively each may be formulated into one medicament for administration to the patient. In certain embodiments, each of the different components and other agents is formulated as a tablet, capsule, or other appropriate ingestible formulation as discussed in more detail below, to provide a therapeutic dose in ten tablets or fewer. In other embodiments, a therapeutic dose is provided in five tablets or fewer, and in still other embodiments, a therapeutic dose is provided in three tablets or fewer.
  • formulations of the present invention may be administered parenterally as injections (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), drop infusion preparations, or suppositories.
  • injections intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous
  • drop infusion preparations or suppositories.
  • ophthalmic mucous membrane route they may be formulated as eyedrops or eye ointments.
  • formulations may be prepared by conventional means, and, if desired, the active ingredient may be mixed with any conventional additive, such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent.
  • any conventional additive such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent.
  • wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants may be present in the supplements.
  • Formulations useful in the methods of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, aerosol and/or parenteral administration.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the amount of supplement or components thereof which may be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the subject being treated, and the particular mode of administration.
  • the amount of active ingredient which may be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount may range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, particularly from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, especially from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
  • Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a supplement or components thereof with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a supplement or components thereof with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia), each containing a predetermined amount of a supplement or components thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a supplement or components thereof may also be administered as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
  • solid dosage forms for oral administration capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like
  • the supplement or components thereof is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) abso ⁇ tion accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example
  • compositions may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmefhyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface- active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the supplement or components thereof moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art.
  • Tablets and other solid dosage forms may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmefhyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by inco ⁇ orating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which may be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use.
  • compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • embedding compositions which may be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the active ingredient may also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, com, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol,
  • the oral compositions may also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
  • Suspensions in addition to the supplement or components thereof, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more component with one or more suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
  • suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
  • Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Dosage forms for transdermal administration of a supplement or component includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants.
  • the active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • the complexes may include lipophilic and hydrophilic groups to achieve the desired water solubility and transport properties.
  • the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to a supplement or components thereof, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • Powders and sprays may contain, in addition to a supplement or components thereof, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays may additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
  • Components of the supplement may alternatively be administered by aerosol.
  • insulin deliver by aerosol has been proposed.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,813,397 This is accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the compound.
  • a non-aqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used.
  • Sonic nebulizers are preferred because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which may result in degradation of the compound.
  • an aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers.
  • the carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include non-ionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols.
  • Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
  • Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a component of a supplement to the body. Such dosage forms may be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium. Abso ⁇ tion enhancers may also be used to increase the flux of the component across the skin. The rate of such flux may be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the component in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more components of a supplement in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
  • aqueous and non-aqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
  • polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
  • vegetable oils such as olive oil
  • injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • formulations may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged abso ⁇ tion of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay abso ⁇ tion such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of components of a supplement in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide.
  • the rate of component release may be controlled.
  • biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
  • Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the component in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
  • compositions and supplements of the present invention may be provided to patients as edible solids or beverages.
  • solid and or beverage modalities may require a variety of specific ingredients to make them more appetizing. Dosages may also vary because of the modality, as described herein. Finished nutritional solid food products, beverages (liquids, powders, and concentrates), and caloric sources having agents that are inoperable because of chemical or other properties of such beverages and caloric sources are generally not considered essential to the practice of the invention.
  • beverage dosages of elemental chromium may be about 4 meg to about 40 meg per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 7 meg to about 25 meg per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage).
  • beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.2 meg to about 10 meg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 1 meg to about 8 meg per kilocalorie.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • Such amounts of chromium may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the beverage includes a vanadium source in the beverage at an effective amount as described herein.
  • solid food item e.g. bars
  • dosages of elemental chromium may typically be about 2 meg to about 50 meg per gm of solid, and preferably about 5 meg to about 30 meg per gm of solid.
  • solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.2 meg to about 10 meg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 1 meg to about 8 meg per kilocalorie.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the solid food item includes a vanadium source in the solid food item at an effective amount as described herein.
  • beverage dosages typically may be about 0.03 mg to about 10 mg of elemental vanadium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 0.2 mg to about 5 mg of vanadium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage).
  • beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg of vanadium per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the beverage includes a chromium source in the beverage at an effective amount as described herein.
  • the typical dosages for the vanadium-containing components may be about 0.5 meg to about 50 mg of elemental vanadium per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.01 mg to about 15 mg of elemental vanadium per gm of solid.
  • solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.05 meg to about 10 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg of vanadium per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the solid food item includes a chromium source in the solid food item at an effective amount as described herein.
  • beverage dosages typically may be about 0.5 mg to about 20 mg of elemental magnesium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 1 mg to about 12 mg of magnesium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage).
  • beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.05 mg to about 10 mg of magnesium per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • the typical dosages for the magnesium-containing components may be about 0.2 mg to about 15 mg elemental magnesium per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.75 mg to about 12 mg of elemental magnesium per gm of solid.
  • solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.03 mg to about 10 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg of magnesium per kilocalorie.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • beverage dosages typically may be about 0.4 mg to about 18 mg of aspirin, or its equivalent, per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 1 mg to about 16 mg of aspirin per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage).
  • beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.02 mg to about 10 mg of aspirin per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • the typical dosages for aspirin or its equivalent may be about 0.1 mg to about 25 mg aspirin per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.3 mg to about 5 mg of aspirin per gm of solid.
  • solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.01 mg to about 20 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 12 mg of aspirin per kilocalorie.
  • Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
  • the solid food products may take a variety of modalities in different embodiments of the present invention.
  • Non-limiting examples of such embodiments include bars, cereals (both ready-to-eat (“RTE”) and cooked varieties), beverages (liquids, powders, and concentrates), other examples described herein, and other modalities and forms known to those of skill in the art of food technology.
  • dry cereals of the present invention may have coatings that contain components and other active agents described herein (as well as other ). Characteristics such as shelf life, crispness, bowl life and the like may be important to subject embodiments involving cereals.
  • a cereal product is made up of a variety of pieces that are suitable for eating in a single mouthful. Cereals, and often the aforementioned pieces, take the form of flakes, squares, circles, biscuits, ring and the like. Often, cereals require the addition of liquid such as milk before consumption, although cereals may be eaten dry or may be intended to be snack food and not require any addition of liquid.
  • the present invention also contemplates processing of any edible solids or beverages in a fashion that any agent intended to have a therapeutic effect inco ⁇ orated in such solid retains sufficient efficacy to achieve the desired therapeutic effect.
  • Inclusion of certain components and other agents in edible solids and beverages may require special care in preparation and processing because of the identity of those components or other agents.
  • additives may be added to ensure that any bioavailable form of a mineral or other agent is not converted into a form that is not bioavailable by oxidation, reduction or otherwise so as to render the mineral or other agent therapeutically inefficacious in the dosage inco ⁇ orated.
  • Anti-oxidants are one such example.
  • the present invention also contemplates using any number of ingredients or components in the subject beverages, beverage concentrates, and food items.
  • ingredients or components in the subject beverages, beverage concentrates, and food items are set forth below, and these and others are well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • a number of such ingredients and other features, and their uses in beverages and food items are described in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • any subject formulations may be inco ⁇ orated in any subject formulations.
  • methods for quantifying ingredients in any of the subject formulations may be set forth on a dry weight basis, as a ratio to the total weight of the solid or composition or subcategory, or as ratio based on the calories associated with any ingredient.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of acidulants.
  • Acids are commonly used in food and beverages to impart specific tart or sour tastes and to function as preservatives.
  • the beverages and edible foods may contain dietary fiber.
  • Dietary fiber is defined as plant material resistant to hydrolysis by enzymes of the mammalian digestive tract.
  • dietary fiber There are two general categories of dietary fiber, soluble and insoluble, with different physical properties and different benefits, although the presence of either or both in the diet beneficially affects health.
  • insoluble fibers such as cellulose, hemicelluloses and lignin, do not provide as many of the health benefits as do soluble types.
  • bran the most widely recognized fiber, has no beneficial effect on cholesterol levels while soluble dietary fibers have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing serum cholesterol levels in humans.
  • soluble dietary fiber sources are gum arabic, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, guar gum, citrus pectin, low and high methoxy pectin, barley glucans and psyllium.
  • insoluble dietary fiber sources are oat hull fiber, pea hull fiber, soy fiber, beet fiber, cellulose, and com bran.
  • sweetners including artificial or natural ones, may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention.
  • Artificial sweeteners that may be employed include aspartame, saccharin, acesulfame-K and the like.
  • Natural sweeteners that may be employed include sucrose, fructose, high fructose com syrup, glucose, sugar alcohols, dextrose, maltodextrins, maltose, lactose, and the like but other carbohydrates can be used if less sweetness is desired. Mixtures of natural sweeteners, or artificial sweeteners, or natural and artificial sweeteners may also be used. The amount of the sweetener effective in any embodiment of the present invention depends upon the particular sweetener used and the sweetness intensity desired. The present invention contemplates using flavors in certain beverages and edible solids. Suitable flavors include synthetic flavor oils and flavoring aromatics and/or naturals oils, extracts from plants, leaves, flowers, fruits and so forth and combinations thereof.
  • cinnamon oil oil of wintergreen, peppermint oils, clove oil, bay oil, anise oil, eucalyptus, thyme oil, cedar leave oil, oil of nutmeg, oil of sage, oil of bitter almonds and cassia oil.
  • flavors are also useful as flavors.
  • vanilla citrus oil, including lemon, orange, grape, lime and grapefruit, and fruit essences, including apple, pear, peach strawberry, raspberry, cherry, plum, pineapple, apricot, and so forth.
  • the amount of flavoring may depend on a number of factors, including the organoleptic effect desired.
  • Edible foods, and particularly beverages of the present invention may contain natural juices obtained from a fruit, vegetable or related edible plant. Such juices may be used as sweeteners or flavor agents.
  • Representative juices which can be utilized in certain embodiments of the present invention include lemon, lime, grapefruit, orange, tomato, pineapple, apple, grape, cranberry, peach, pear, cherry, legumes, celery, carrot and the like.
  • juice concentrates may be used.
  • the degree of sweetness imparted by such juices or other sweeteners in any beverage may be measured by the brix value, which is defined as the percent of soluble solids primarily made up of natural sugars.
  • the beverages and edible solids of the present invention may include a carbohydrate source.
  • the carbohydrate source(s) may be from any carbohydrate source appropriate for use in nutritional solids and beverages.
  • the carbohydrate of the formulation may be any nutritionally acceptable carbohydrate source or blend of carbohydrate sources providing the desired amount of calories.
  • Carbohydrate sources may consist of complex or simple carbohydrates. Suitable carbohydrate sources include sucrose, glucose, fructose, com syrup solids and maltodextrin.
  • Other embodiments of beverages and edible foods may contain pectin, which is a general term referring to a variety of polymers composed mainly of (1-4) alpha-D-galacturonic acid units that are found in the lamella of plant cells.
  • pectinic acids are less highly methylated forms of pectin and are derived from protopectin by the action of pectic enzymes. Depending on the degree of esterification and degree of methylation, pectinic acids may be colloidal or water soluble.
  • Gum tragacanth is the dried, gummy exudation obtained from Astragalus gummifer or other Asiatic species of Astralagus.
  • Tragacanth swells rapidly in either cold or hot water to a viscous colloidal sol or semi-gel.
  • the molecular weight of the gum is on the order of 840,000 and the molecules are elongated (4500 A by 19 A) which accounts for its high viscosity.
  • Tragacanth gum is compatible with other plant hydrocolloids as well as carbohydrates, most proteins, and fats. Viscosity is most stable at pH 4 to 8 with a very good stability down to pH 2.
  • Xanthan gum is an exocellular heteropolysaccharide produced by a distinct fermentation process.
  • the bacterium xanthomonas campestris generates the gum on specific organelles at the cell surface by a complex enzymatic process.
  • the molecular weight for xanthan gum is about two million.
  • Gum arabic also known as gum acacia, is the dried, gummy exudate from the stems or branches of Acacia Senegal or of related species of Acacia.
  • the most unusual property of gum arabic among the natural gums is its extreme and true solubility in cold or hot water. High quality types of this gum form colorless, tasteless solutions.
  • the food stuffs of the present invention may contain coloring agents, including, for example, titanium dioxide, dyes suitable for food such as those known as F.D. & C. dyes, and natural coloring agents such as grape skin extract, beet red powder, beta-carotene, annato, carmine, tumeric, and paprika.
  • coloring agents including, for example, titanium dioxide, dyes suitable for food such as those known as F.D. & C. dyes, and natural coloring agents such as grape skin extract, beet red powder, beta-carotene, annato, carmine, tumeric, and paprika.
  • the amount of coloring used may range from about 0.0%> to about 3.5%o or more dry weight of the total composition.
  • beverages may be carbonated using conventional technology to produce a beverage having a distinctive flavor.
  • the amount of carbon dioxide in a beverage according to the present invention depends upon the particular flavor system used and the amount of carbonation desired. Certain embodiments of the present invention may contain from less than about 1.0 to more than about 4.5 volumes of carbon dioxide. Carbonated beverages of the present invention may be prepared by standard beverage formulation techniques.
  • edible solids may contain adjuvants or excipients for providing bulk and bindability to the components of such solids.
  • adjuvants are set forth above.
  • Beverages of the present invention may include a soy lecithin for use as an emulsifier and processing aid to improve flow properties.
  • the final pH of any beverage of the present invention may be important to the taste and, and it may therefore be necessary to adjust the pH of certain embodiments of the present invention by addition of food grade sources of acid, such as HCl, malic acid, citric acid, phosphoric acid; or mixtures thereof, or food grade sources of base.
  • a mixture of these acids may provide the best balance of flavor, clarity and texture (mouth feel) in a beverage.
  • An additional aspect of the present invention relates to the beverage's texture. It has been determined that to achieve the goals of thin texture and good mouth feel the viscosity of the product may need to be less than 15 centipoise as determined by a Brookfield viscometer at 72.degree. (22. degree. C.) using a number one spindle at 60 RPM.
  • Certain embodiments of beverages and edible solids of the present invention may be evaluated by organoleptic testing. Different embodiments of the present invention may be evaluated for Fullness, Balance, Sweet, Sour and Aftertaste by a panel of individuals trained in sensory evaluation.
  • Balance is a measure of the degree of blend or the balance of the character notes in the beverage. Balance is affected by the intensities of the character notes as well as the order of appearance of the notes. It is rated on a scale of one (unblended) to seven (blended).
  • Fullness refers to the fullness and body of flavor or the degree of complexity. It is rated on a scale of one (thin) to seven (full).
  • Sweet is a measure of the level of sweet basic taste.
  • the reference standard for sweet intensity measured on a scale from one to seven, is sucrose solutions of 5% for slight (3), 10% for moderate (5), and 15%> for strong (7). Sour is a measure of the level of sour basic taste.
  • the reference standard for sour intensity measured on a scale from one to seven, is citric acid solutions of 0.05% for slight (3), 0.10%> for moderate (5), and 0.20% for strong (7).
  • Aftertaste is a measure of all sensations remaining one minute after swallowing. This is measured on a scale of one (none) to seven (strong). This includes basic tastes, feeling factors, and aromatics. Of all the profiles, Balance is the most important and is generally regarded as the most pertinent measure of a beverage's consumer acceptance.
  • the subject supplements and compositions comprise a part of a medical food, which is a specially formulated composition of essential nutrients and other special dietary requirements to be consumed or administered under medical supervision in the treatment or management of patients displaying a metabolic disorder such as diabetes.
  • Medical foods are defined under the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act as "a food that is formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician and which is intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition for which distinctive nutritional requirements, based on recognized scientific principles, are established by medical evaluation.” 21 U.S.C. ⁇ 360ee(b)(3); see also 61 Fed. Reg. 60,661 (1996).
  • Three critical elements that define a medical food include: (1) that the medical food be intended to meet distinctive nutritional requirements of a disease or condition; (2) that the medical food be formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician; and (3) that the medical food be intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition. Certain embodiments of the present invention satisfy these requirements for a variety of diseases or conditions, including diabetes and IGT.
  • Medical food may be an exclusive or a supplemental source of nutrition for patients with limited or impaired capacity to ingest, digest, absorb, or metabolize ordinary foods or certain nutrients contained therein.
  • Medical foods may be fed by means of oral intake or by enteric feeding via tube infusion; that is, medical foods provide nutrition via the gastrointestinal tract, by mouth, or through a tube or catheter that delivers nutrients beyond the oral cavity to the stomach or small intestine.
  • the medical-food category is divided into five sub-classifications: nutritional-complete formulas, which are intended to provide all nutrients necessary for sustaining life viability; modular formulas, which are intended as prepared diets for mitigation or management of a disease; special products for inborn errors of metabolism; oral rehydration solutions; and very low-calorie diets (less than 400 kcal/d). Different embodiments of the present invention may be used in any of these subcategories of medical foods.
  • certain embodiments of the present invention comprise a food for special dietary use, another category of food defined by federal statute.
  • a special dietary use is a particular use for which a food pu ⁇ orts or is represented to be used, including (1) supplying a special dietary need that exists by reason of a physical, physiological, pathological, or other condition, including but not limited to the condition of disease, convalescence, pregnancy, lactation, infancy, allergic hypersensitivity to food, underweight, overweight, or the need to control intake of sodium; (2) supplying a vitamin, mineral, or other ingredient for use by man to supplement his diet by increasing the total dietary intake; and (3) supplying a special delivery need by reason of being a food for use as the sole item of the diet. 21 U.S.C. ⁇ 350(c)(3).
  • the beverages and edible foods of the present invention may be packaged in accordance with materials and methods used in the packaging art. Exemplification
  • One example of an embodiment of the present invention constitutes a packet containing 4 tablets: Three tablets contain chromium picolinate, vanadyl sulfate hydrate, vitamin E natural, standardized willow bark (aspirin), folic acid, alpha-lipoic acid and a multivitamin/mineral formula; and,
  • One tablet contains magnesium chloride.
  • each dose of this embodiment in this Example One contains the following (component, and amount): Chromium (as chromium picolinate) 333 meg, 1000 meg; Vanadyl sulfate hydrate, 100 mg; Vitamin E natural (free 2R, 4'R 8'R-alpha-tocopherol), 400 1.U.;
  • Vitamin C 60 mg; Vitamin K 34.00 meg; Thiamine, 3.00 mg; Riboflavin, 3.60 mg;
  • Niacinamide 20.10 mg; Vitamin B-6, 23.10 mg; Vitamin B-12, 48.00 meg; Biotin, 300 meg; Pantothenic acid, 10.00 mg; Calcium, 150 mg; Phosphoms, 115.00 mg; Iodine, 150.00 meg;
  • Zinc 15.00 mg; Selenium, 60.00 meg; Copper, 2.00 mg; Manganese, 11.00 Mg; Molybdenum,
  • This embodiment also contains 160 mg standardized willow bark (aspirin 20 mg), a Chinese herb and a source of aspirin.
  • chromium picolinate was obtained from Nutrition 21 or AMBI Inc.
  • chromium polynicotinate was obtained from InterHealth.
  • the vanadium sulfate hydrate in this Example One was determined to contain about 20% elemental vanadium by weight, which corresponds to about five to six waters of hydration for every molecule of vanadyl sulfate.
  • the systolic drop in blood pressure has ranged from 20-30 mmHg, with a 10-22 mmHg drop in diastolic measurements. Overall, there has been an 8-12%o drop in blood pressure.
  • the absolute weight loss has ranged from 7-16 pounds, with an 8% loss of total body weight.
  • a group of Type 2 diabetic individuals presenting with elevated HbAlc levels were placed on a study using another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the study was conducted as an open-label study at several medical centers in the United States.
  • the patients were on the program for three months, and were directed not to change their dietary habits or lifestyle, including exercise patterns.
  • the patients were not taking any other medication (including anti-diabetic agents) for their diabetic condition.
  • Example Two one daily dose of this embodiment contained (component and amount):
  • Vitamin A 5000 IU
  • Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid
  • Vitamin D-3 Ascorbic Acid
  • Vitamin E 400 IU
  • Thiamine as Thiamine Mononitrate
  • 3 mg Riboflavin, 3.6 mg;
  • Niacinamide 20.1 mg; Vitamin B-6 (as Pyridoxine HCl), 23.1 mg; Folic Acid, 400 meg; Vitamin B-12, 48 meg; Biotin, 300 meg; Pantothenic Acid (as Calcium Pantothenate), 10 mg; Calcium (from Calcium Carbonate/Phosphate), 150 mg; Phosphorous (from Calcium Phosphate), 115 mg; Iodine (from Sea Kelp), 150 mg; Magnesium (elemental Magnesium from 307 mg Magnesium Complex of citrate/fumuarte/malate/gluturate/succinate/chloride), 46 mg; Zinc, 15 mg; Selenium (from Selenium Krebs), 60 meg; Manganese (from Manganese Sulfate), 11 mg; Chromium (from 3264 meg Chromium Picolinate/Polynicotinate Complex (50%/50%)), 333 meg; Vanadyl Sulfate hydrate, 100 mg; Willow (bark) (
  • Example Two In conjunction with the study discussed in Example Two above, the effects of treatment with the embodiment from Example Two was determined on subjects taking one or more anti-diabetic agents.
  • the results of that study (in addition to the results set forth in Example Two) are set forth in Tables 101 - 118 that follow:
  • Type of Diabetes Type 1 0 0% Type 2 81 100% Total 100%
  • Baseline ⁇ 180 lbs 180 or more ⁇ 140 lbs 140 or more MEAN, SD 8.8 1.8 8.8 1.6 8.9 1.5 8.7 2.0

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Coloring Foods And Improving Nutritive Qualities (AREA)

Abstract

Compositions and methods of using the same for the treatment of diabetes and other disorders of glucose metabolism are provided. Compositions may include one or more of a bioavailable source of chromium and vanadium, and may be formulated as edible solids.

Description

Edible Solids for Treatment of Glucose Metabolism Disorders
Related Application Information
This Application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. section 1 19(e) to Provisional Application 60/126,487, filed March 26, 1999, and to Provisional Application 60/126,960, filed March 30, 1999, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in each of their entirety.
Introduction Diabetes adversely affects the way the body uses sugars and starches which, during digestion, are converted into glucose. Diabetes mellitus is generally caused in almost all instances by diminished rates of insulin secretion (absolute or relative) by the beta cells of the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas or by reduced insulin sensitivity. Insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas, makes the glucose available to the body's cells for energy. In muscle, adipose (fat), and connective tissues, insulin facilitates the entry of glucose into the cells by an action on the cell membranes. The ingested glucose is normally converted in the liver to CO2 and H2O (50%); to glycogen (5%); and to fat (30-40%), the latter being stored in fat depots. Fatty acids from the adipose tissues are circulated, returned to the liver for re- synthesis of triacylglycerol and metabolized to ketone bodies for utilization by the tissues. The fatty acids are also metabolized by other organs.
The net effect of insulin is to promote the storage and use of carbohydrates, protein and fat. Insulin deficiency is a common and serious pathologic condition. Diabetes is commonly divided into two types: Type 1 diabetes (juvenile-onset, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus [IDDM]) that usually, but not always, begins in early life, and Type 2 diabetes (maturity-onset diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus [NIDDM]) that usually, but not always, begins in later life. In Type 1 diabetes, the pancreas produces little or no insulin, and insulin must be injected daily. In Type 2 diabetes, the pancreas retains the ability to produce insulin and in fact may produce higher than normal amounts of insulin, but the amount of insulin is relatively insufficient, or less than fully effective, because of cellular resistance to insulin. Type 2 diabetes may present as non-obese NIDDM, obese NIDDM, or maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY). Type 1 is likely to occur in those with a family history of diabetes and is characterized by blurred vision, itching, unusual thirst, drowsiness, obesity, fatigue, skin infections, slow healing, and tingling or numbness in the feet. Type 1 Diabetes
Type 1 diabetes accounts for around ten percent of all cases of diabetes mellitus. The action of Type 1 diabetes is to cause hyperglycemia (elevated blood glucose concentration) and a tendency towards diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA). Currently treatment requires chronic administration of insulin. No single standard exists for patterns of administration of insulin and treatment plans vary and may be selected from one of three treatment regimens: conventional, multiple subcutaneous injections, or continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion. Conventional insulin therapy involves the administration of one or two injections a day of intermediate-activity insulin such as zinc insulin or isophane insulin with or without the addition of small amounts of regular insulin. Regular insulin has a duration of action lasting from 3 to 8 hours, whereas other forms of insulin are absorbed slowly from the injection site and therefore have effects that may last as long as ten to forty-eight hours. The multiple subcutaneous insulin injection technique involves administration of intermediate- or long- acting insulin in the evening as a single dose together with regular insulin prior to each meal. Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion involves the use of a small battery-driven pump that delivers insulin subcutaneously into the abdominal wall, usually through a butterfly needle. Insulin is delivered at a basal rate continuously throughout the day, with increased rates programmed prior to meals. Insulin may also be delivered by way of an implant that is administered parenterally, or by way of slow-release formulations.
Type 2 Diabetes
Type 2 diabetes is marked by hyperglycemia that is not linked with DKA. Sporadic or persistent incidence of hyperglycemia may be controlled by administering insulin. Uncontrolled hyperglycemia may transiently adversely affect the insulin-producing cells of the pancreas (the beta-islet cells), which may eventually result in greater insulin deficiencies. In most Type 2 diabetic subjects, the fundamental defects to which such abnormalities may be traced include (1) a reduced entry of glucose into various "peripheral" tissues, and (2) an increased liberation of glucose into the circulation from the liver. There is therefore an extracellular glucose excess and an intracellular glucose deficiency. There is also a decrease in the entry of amino acids into muscle and an increase in lipolysis. The cumulative effect of these diabetes-associated abnormalities may be severe blood vessel and nerve damage. Type 2 diabetic subjects may be treated with insulin, if necessary. Type 2 often develops in subjects of certain at risk populations. Obesity predisposes an individual to Type 2 diabetes due to long-term effects on insulin resistance. If the beta-cells are compromised, diabetes may well ensue. Type 2 also develops from the at risk population of individuals with gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). Pregnancy normally is associated with progressive resistance to insulin-mediated glucose disposal. In fact, insulin sensitivity is lower during late pregnancy than in nearly all other physiological conditions. The insulin resistance is thought to be mediated in large part by the effects of circulating hormones such as placental lactogen, progesterone, and cortisol, all of which are elevated during pregnancy. In the face of the insulin resistance, pancreatic beta-cell responsiveness to glucose normally increases nearly 3-fold by late pregnancy, a response that serves to minimize the effect of insulin resistance on circulating glucose levels. Thus, pregnancy provides a major "stress-test" of the capacity for beta-cells to compensate for insulin resistance.
Other populations thought to be at risk for developing Type 2 diabetes are the elderly; certain minorities; persons with Syndrome X; persons with concomitant hyperinsulinemia; persons with insulin resistance characterized by hyperinsulinemia and by failure to respond to exogenous insulin; and persons with abnormal insulin and/or evidence of glucose disorders associated with excess circulating glucocorticoids, growth hormone, catecholamines, glucagon, parathyroid hormone, and other insulin-resistant conditions.
Treatment of Diabetes and its Complications
Diabetes has become a leading health care issue in the United States and other countries, accounting for one seventh of the national health care budget. The incidence of diagnosed diabetes has increased five-fold in America over the past 35 years, with currently 8 million diagnosed diabetic patients, another estimated 8 to 12 million undiagnosed diabetic individuals, and still an additional 23 million Americans with pre-diabetes, or impaired glucose tolerance (IGT). As the American populace continues its trend towards aging, obesity, and greater minority representation, the number of individuals who are diabetic and suffer from other glucose metabolism disorders is likely to increase.
Diabetic Complications and Symptoms
Although progress has been made in reducing the short term complications of diabetes, e.g. ketoacidosis, dehydration, and non-ketotic hyperosmolar coma, less progress has been made in preventing or minimizing the chronic complications of the disease, e.g. premature atherosclerosis, retinopathy, nephropathy, and neuropathy. It is estimated that a diabetic patient's life is shortened by 10 to 15 years, and those years of life are distinguished by significantly increased medical care costs as compared to a non-diabetic patient. Some complications of diabetes includes blindness and end-stage renal disease. Another complication of diabetes mellitus is diabetic neuropathy (also called neuritis), which has been an unusually refractive complication of diabetes. Endoneural hypoxia is the overt cause of diabetic neuropathy. Early symptoms include numbness, irritation, and pain, usually in the extremities, and more advanced ones include gastroparesis and impotence. The conversion of the essential fatty acid (EFA) linolenic acid to gamma-linolenic acid (GLA) appears to be impaired in diabetics because of a lack of the enzymes delta-6-desaturase and or delta 5-desaturase. Consequently, there is shortage of GLA and its metabolites, prostacyclin and prostaglandins, the chronic deficiencies of which contribute to the pathogenesis of diabetic neuropathy. Prostacyclin (PGI2) is a vasoprotective molecule with multiple physiological functions, and the enzyme cyclooxygenase (cox) is involved in its synthesis. Two isoforms of cox have been identified to date: cox-1, which produces both prostacyclin and anti- inflammatory prostaglandins, and cox-2, which produces both thromboxane A2 (TxA2) and some of the prostaglandins responsible for inflammation. Many therapeutics for pain management inhibit both cox-1 and cox-2, thereby reducing inflammation caused by prostagladins produced by cox-2, but also inhibiting production of prostacyclin, which may exacerbate a prostacyclin deficiency resulting in neuropathy. In addition, neurotrophic factors, such as the superfamiliy of neurotrophins including nerve growth factor, may present an alternative pathogenic mechanism that results in neuropathy.
Another complication of diabetes is increased cardiovascular risk factor, especially among women. A man's risk of dying by heart disease doubles upon developing diabetes, whereas a woman's risk increases three to five-fold.
In particular, Type 2 diabetes presents a number of co-existent cardiovascular metabolic risk factors, e.g., insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, central obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, low HDL level, qualitatively abnormal LDL (diabetic dyslipidemia), hypertension, glucose intolerance, and elevated blood pressure. This state has been identified as "Syndrome X." These cardiovascular risk factors may precede the onset of diabetes by as much as a decade, and they may explain the presence of overt clinical cardiovascular disease in as many as 60% of newly diagnosed diabetic patients. For example, elevated glycated hemoglobin (HbAlc) is believed to be a risk marker for short-term mortality following acute myocardial infarction in non-diabetic subjects.
Diabetic dyslipidemia is another complication of diabetes and is of import to cardiovascular health. Plasma cholesterol and triglycerides are transported in lipoproteins (HDL, VLDL, and LDL). Dyshpoproteinemias are conditions in which the concentration and composition of these cholesterol- or triglyceride-carrying lipoproteins are abnormal. Elevated concentration of lipoproteins LDL and VLDL may accelerate the development of atherosclerosis, with the secondary possibilities of thrombosis and infarction. Evidence suggests that reduction of the concentration of lipoproteins LDL and NLDL in plasma may diminish the increased risk of atherosclerosis that accompanies hyperlipoproteinemia. Dyshpoproteinemias have been designated as either primary or secondary. Secondary dyshpoproteinemias involve complications of a more generalized metabolic disturbance, such as diabetes mellitus or excessive intake of ethanol. In contrast, primary dyshpoproteinemias are typically caused either by an inherited single-gene defect (monogenic dyshpoproteinemias) or a combination of multiple subtle genetic factors that act together with environmental ones (multifactorial or polygenic dyshpoproteinemias).
Evidence suggests that treatment of hyperlipoproteinemia may diminish or prevent atherosclerotic complications. For example, populations studies have shown that an elevated concentration of total cholesterol or LDL-cholesterol in plasma constitutes a major risk factor for the occurrence of atherosclerotic events. In the case of monogenic disorders, family studies have documented a markedly increased risk of vascular disease among affected members. These is evidence that reduction in plasma concentrations of LDL-cholesterol may reduce the risk of coronary heart disease (CHD).
Furthermore, there may be an excessive risk of cardiac mortality in diabetic patients even after adjusting for the co-existence of other cardiovascular risk factors such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, and cigarette smoking. This increase risk of cardiac mortality is secondary to both the atherogenicity of insulin resistance, which may precede the onset of diabetes by at least 8 years, and the atherogenicity of undiagnosed and uncontrolled hyperglycemia, which may be present for 9-12 years before diabetes is first diagnosed. One means of attenuating the cardiovascular effects of diabetes, would involve earlier diagnosis and improved management of diabetes to reduce insulin resistance and control blood glucose. To this end, screening for risk factors for vascular complications followed by appropriate treatment may be appropriate. Pharmacologic Interventions
Current drugs or anti-diabetic agents used for managing Type 2 diabetes that are well- known in the art generally fall within a number of categories: the biguanides, thiazolidinediones, the sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and glucosidase inhibitors. This drugs usually have distinct modes of action. The biguanides, e.g., metformin, are believed to prevent excessive hepatic gluconeogenesis. The thiazolidinediones are believed to act by increasing the rate of peripheral glucose disposal. The sulfonylureas, e.g., tolbutamide and glyburide, and the benzoic acid derivatives, e.g. repaglinide, lower plasma glucose by stimulating insulin secretion. The alpha-glucosidase inhibitors competitively inhibit alpha- glucosidase, which metabolizes carbohydrates, thereby delaying carbohydrate absorption and attenuating post-prandial hyperglycemia. In addition, there are a number of proposed therapies for treatment of diabetes that have not yet been approved for human use.
Because of the many complications that accompany diabetes and other glucose metabolism disorders, there remains a need to improve on treatment methods presently available, and to devise new means of treatments for preventing the on-set and reducing the severity of Type 1 and 2 diabetes. In part, the present invention is directed to compositions, supplements, and edible solids, comprised of a variety of components and agents, and methods for using them, that have been observed to alleviate or prevent diabetes and its associated sequelae. The subject supplements, compositions, and edible solids, and the methods of the using the same, may be used early in the course of developing diabetes and glucose metabolism disorders to reduce such complications.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention represents new and important treatments or nutritional regimes for maintaining or promoting health, particularly the treatment of diabetes, pre-diabetes, and the reduction or avoidance of the onset of diabetes. In one aspect, the compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same, are formulated as edible solids. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides enhanced food products, including edible solids, supplements or other relevant compositions, and methods of using the same, for regulating, modulating or altering glucose metabolism in a manner beneficial to the patient. Generally, various embodiments of the invention may be applied or tailored to specifically treat or address each condition described herein and others like them, including any condition or disorder related to glucose metabolism disorders. In certain embodiments, compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same, are provided for preventing, reducing or treating in animal subjects (including humans and other mammals) one or more of the following physiological conditions: insulin resistance (the sensitivity of the cellular response to insulin), beta cell attrition, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, hepatic gluconeogenesis, onset of diabetes or diabetic symptoms, elevated HbAlc levels, and elevated or inappropriately controlled blood glucose levels. In certain embodiments, the present invention abates, or otherwise reduces the severity of, diabetes and other glucose metabolism disorders, including Type 1, Type 2, MODY, and IGT, and any related sequelae, including, for example, obesity, obesity-related hypertension, retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy, cataracts, coronary artery disease and arteriosclerosis.
In other embodiments, the present invention provides supplements or compositions, and methods of using the same, for regulating, modulating or altering lipid metabolism in a manner beneficial to the patient. For example, the subject compositions, and methods of using the same, can be used to modulate at least one of body fat stores, blood pressure, hyperlipoproteinemia, hypertriglyceridemia, serum cholesterol level, HDL level and LDL level. In certain embodiments, the present invention abates or otherwise reduces the severity of dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis and CHD. In still other embodiments, the present invention provides compositions and supplements, and methods for using the same, to reduce appetite for cosmetic purposes or treatment of illness, dysfunction or obesity.
In certain embodiments, the present invention provides supplements or compositions containing a mineral or other component, and methods of using the same, for the long-term reduction and abatement of at least one of the foregoing disorders or conditions based on a therapeutic regimen. In other embodiments, the subject compositions contain one or more anti-diabetic agents without any mineral or other component. In certain aspects, the present invention contemplates monitoring such disorders or conditions as part of any therapeutic regimen, which may be administered over the short-term and/or long-term. In addition, as exemplification of other embodiments of the present invention, all of the claims set forth below are hereby incorporated into this Summary of the Invention as if they were set forth fully in this Summary.
In certain embodiments, the inventive compositions include at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium. In other embodiments, the inventive compositions includes at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium. In still other embodiments, the present invention includes bioavailable sources or forms of both chromium and vanadium. In other embodiments, the inventive compositions include an anti-diabetic agent. Alternatively, compositions of the present invention, and methods using those compositions, may contain one or more minerals and two or more anti- diabetic agents. In certain embodiments, any of the subject composition are prepared as edible solids. In addition, embodiments of the present invention may include any of the other components and agents set forth herein and others known to those of skill in the art, including any agents, components or ingredients that are beneficial in the treatment or prevention of glucose metabolism disorders or any sequelae related to such disorders.
In other embodiments, the invention compositions include an anti-diabetic agent formulated as an edible solid without any mineral or other component.
In another aspect, the present invention contemplates edible items, compositions or supplements formulated in a variety of modalities, including in a tablet or tablets, liquid, candy, medical food, or enhanced food products for special or desired dietary uses. In other embodiments, the present invention is directed to methods for using such compositions or supplements so formulated.
In some instances, the present invention is designed to regulate any of the physiological processes described herein so as to achieve a desired level of a physiological parameter (e.g., a HbAlc level of about 5). In certain embodiments, such a result is achieved without subjecting a patient to elevated levels of such a parameter. Such embodiments of the invention may prove useful in preserving health or reducing, preventing or delaying the on set of diabetes or diabetic symptoms without the patient experiencing the full thrust of such medical conditions. These aspects of the invention are particularly helpful in preventive care regimes. For example, in certain embodiments, an inventive composition, as used herein, is capable of reducing HbAlc levels by at least about a 10% or more change from the baseline before treatment, and in other embodiments, inventive compositions, as used herein, are capable of reducing HbAlc levels by at least about a 25%, 50% or greater change from the baseline before treatment. In such embodiments, the changes observed in HbAlc levels (and other parameters) are observed even when a patient has been treated with one or more anti- diabetic agents alone prior to treatment with the subject compositions and methods.
In another aspect of the present invention, the subject compositions or supplements may be used in the manufacture of a medicament to treat any of the foregoing conditions or diseases. In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for formulating compositions or supplements of the present invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In still other embodiments, the present invention contemplates compositions or supplements of the present invention for the treatment any of the foregoing conditions or diseases.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the use of a medicament for the treatment of a glucose metabolism disorder is provided whereby a sufficient amount of an inventive medicament is provided for treatment of a particular condition and instructions are provided to the patient for the desired medical treatment regimen. In certain embodiments, both a mineral and either another component, including an anti-diabetic agent, are provided, and the patient is instructed to ingest these concurrently.
In part, the present invention is directed to a dietary supplement that may be formulated for people individuals in an increased risk category as identified by any number of risk factors, including familial history. In certain embodiments, an object of the present invention is to screen subjects for a genetic predisposition to glucose metabolism disorders, such as IGT, Type 2 diabetes, or MODY, in order to begin administration of the supplements or compositions of the present invention, or methods of using the same, or programs thereof, to prevent or alleviate such disorders.
In another embodiment of the invention it will be desirable to include monitoring or diagnostic regimes or kits with composition or methods based on mineral and vitamins products described herein, and instructions for use of these compositions or methods.
In other embodiments, the present invention contemplates programs for prevention or treatment of any of the foregoing disorders or conditions. In some embodiments of such programs, one or more physiological parameters will be measured, and dosing and/or composition of supplement will be varied to reflect the health of the individual. Certain programs require that the patient ingest the supplement for a minimum time period, whereupon the same physiological parameters will be measured again to determine what affect the supplement may have caused. In certain embodiments, the programs call for changes in dosing, components, or formulation of the supplement depending on the results reported after an initial trial period on a program. In certain embodiments, programs of the present invention may require monitoring by the patients or additional treatment or prevention activities, such as dietary recommendations or exercise suggestions. In addition, in certain instances, the programs may include instructions for the patients concerning the scope and purpose of the program.
Detailed Description of the Invention
1. Definitions
For convenience, before further description of the present invention, certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here. These definitions should be read in light of the rest of the disclosure and understood as by a person of skill in the art.
The term "anti-diabetic agent" shall mean any drug that is useful in treating, preventing, or otherwise reducing the severity of any glucose metabolism disorder, or any complications thereof, including any of the conditions, disease, or complications described herein. Anti-diabetic agents include insulin, thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, or the like. Other general categories of anti-diabetic agents which may be part of a subject composition include (with defined terms being in quotation marks): "drug articles" recognized in the official United States Pharmacopoeia or official National Formulary (or any supplement thereto); "new drug" and "new animal drug" approved by the FDA of the U.S. as those terms are used in Title 21 of the United States Code; any drug that requires approval of a government entity, in the U.S. or abroad ("approved drug"); any drug that it is necessary to obtain regulatory approval so as to comply with 21 U.S.C. §355(a) ("regulatory approved drug"); any agent that is or was subject to a human drug application under 21 U.S.C. §379(g) ("human drug"). (All references to statutory code for the purposes of this definition refer to the code in effect as of the filing date of this Application, as amended.) Other anti-diabetic agents are disclosed herein, and are known to those of skill in the art.
The term "bioavailable" means that a compound, composition, supplement, component, or material is in a form that allows for it, or a portion of the amount administered, to be absorbed by, incorporated to, or otherwise physiologically available to a subject to whom it is administered. In certain embodiments of the present invention, bioavailable sources of components of supplements or compositions of the present invention containing a transition metal, including chromium, vanadium, are contemplated, as discussed in more detail herein. The term "calorie" means the amount of heat needed to raise 1 gm of water 1C at 1 atm. A kilogram calorie, or kilocalorie, is the amount of heat required to raise 1 kg of water I C at 1 atm.
"DN" means the daily value of any vitamin, mineral, or other composition based on a 2,000 kilocalorie daily diet.
An embodiment of the invention is said to have an "insulinotropic activity" if it is able (i) to stimulate, or cause the stimulation of, the synthesis or expression of the hormone insulin, or (ii) to increase the half-life or the apparent potency of insulin in vivo. Insulin may be any naturally occurring form of the polypeptide, or any form of insulin, including any polypeptide that achieves the same effect of insulin, administered to a patient.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intra-articulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
The term "modulation" as used herein refers to both upregulation (i.e., activation or stimulation) and downregulation (i.e. inhibition or suppression) of a response, or the two in combination or apart. The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those supplements, components, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. The phrase "pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any supplement or composition, or component thereof, from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the supplement and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which may serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as com starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, co oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (1 1) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, martnitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salts" refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of components of compositions of the present invention.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered systemically," "peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" mean the administration of a subject supplement, composition, therapeutic or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
The phrase "therapeutically-effective amount" means that amount of supplement or composition which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by, for example, modulating glucose metabolism at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
2. General Introduction
The present invention provides methods and compositions for modification and regulation of glucose and lipid metabolism, generally to reduce insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia (such as
VLDL), and to regulate body fat and more generally lipid stores, and, more generally, to improve of metabolism disorders, especially those associated with CHD or obesity.
For instance, in certain embodiments of the preset invention, administration of a subject supplement or composition, or methods of using the same, in an effective amount improves one or more aberrant indices associated with glucose metabolism disorders (e.g., glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, and Type 2 diabetes). In other embodiments, administration of a subject supplement, or methods thereof, in an effective amount improves aberrant indices associated with diabetes, coronary heart disease, or obesity.
In other embodiments, the supplements and compositions have anti-diabetic activities, and may be used in the treatment of disorders marked by aberrant glucose metabolism (including storage). In certain embodiments, supplements or compositions, or components thereof, of the present invention are useful as insulin enhancing or insulinotropic agents. The subject compositions or methods may be useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a variety of disorders, including one or more of dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, obesity, glucose tolerance insufficiency or impairment, insulin resistance, and diabetic complications. In certain embodiments, the invention compositions include one or more components described herein. In certain embodiments, such component constitutes a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium. In other embodiments, such component constitutes a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium. In still other embodiments, the present invention is directed towards a supplement or composition containing one or more additional components from the following group: magnesium, vitamin E, aspirin; alpha-lipoic acid; and folic acid. In yet still other embodiments, the subject compositions include one or more anti-diabetic agents. In other embodiments, the subject compositions include one or more anti-diabetic agents and no mineral or other components. In one embodiment, a supplement includes an effective amount of chromium polynicotinate and/or chromium picolinate as the chromium source, an effective amount of vanadyl sulfate as the vanadium source, an effective amount of magnesium as a either a complex of chloride, citrate or Krebs (citrate, fumarate, malate, glutarate or succinate), an effective amount of free 2R, 4'R, 8'R-alpha-tocopherol as the vitamin E source, or another effective source of vitamin E, an effective amount of standardized willow bark, an effective amount of folic acid and alpha-lipoic acid, as well as sufficient amounts of other vitamin and mineral sources.
In another aspect, the present invention is directed to supplements or compositions capable of preventing, treating, or otherwise reducing the severity of disorders of glucose metabolism. Insulin resistance is the pathophysiologic indicator of patients with IGT and Type 2 diabetes, which often occurs many years before clinically evident disease is present. As peripheral glucose use decreases, subjects may remain euglycemic, but hyperinsulinemic, as long as beta cells maintain sufficient insulin concentrations. Eventually, insulin resistance and rising plasma glucose levels outpace insulin production. The disease or condition progresses from insulin resistance with hyperinsulinemia to impaired glucose tolerance, resulting in modest increases in post-prandial glucose concentrations, followed by clinical diabetes and hyperglycemia. The supplements and compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same, are intended to delay the onset of Type 2 diabetes and its associated sequelae by addressing disorders of glucose metabolism at an early stage.
The present invention also provides methods for enhancing the natural control of blood glucose levels in a person by daily administration of the subject composition and nutritional supplement. The present invention contemplates administration of a supplement of the present invention to control the blood sugar by reducing insulin resistance in diabetic and IGT patients, thereby preventing the chronic complications from developing in these high risk patients. There is also a need to provide an effective supplement for the treatment of diabetes and its symptoms prior to the onset of full-blown diabetes.
With respect to GDM, studies of insulin action and beta-cell function during pregnancy indicate that, during the third trimester, women with mild-moderate GDM have the same degree of insulin resistance as do non-diabetic pregnant women. However, studies during the second trimester and after pregnancy indicate that women with GDM are somewhat insulin resistant compared to women who maintain normal glucose tolerance during pregnancy. The main feature that distinguishes women with GDM from normal pregnant women during the third trimester, when all women are insulin resistant, is pancreatic beta-cell function. Most women develop GDM because their pancreatic beta-cells are unable to maintain enhanced insulin secretion in the face of insulin resistance. That inability is very similar to the beta-cell defect which has been observed in longitudinal studies of patients who develop Type 2 diabetes, a fact which may explain why women with GDM are at such high risk for Type 2 diabetes. GDM identifies women whose beta-cells will decompensate when faced with severe or chronic insulin resistance.
In another aspect, the present invention also provides for kits containing at least one dose of a subject supplement or composition, and often many doses, and other materials for a treatment regimen. For example, in one embodiment, a kit of the present invention contains sufficient subject composition for thirty days and equipment and supplies necessary to measure one or more indices relevant to glucose metabolism, such as blood glucose levels. In another embodiment, kits of the present invention contain all the materials and supplies, including supplements and compositions, for carrying out any methods of the present „m
WO 00/57721
invention. In still another embodiment, kits of the present invention, as described above, additionally include instructions for the use and administration of the supplements and compositions.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for programs whereby the supplements or compositions of the present invention are ingested by a subject having a condition described herein, including subjects that are pre-diabetic. The program format of the present invention allows for a variety of variables to be addressed in providing composition and supplements of the present invention. Some of these variables include: one or more conditions to be addressed by any one program, compositions and supplements to be used in any such program, and dosing regimen of any such program. In certain instances, a program may include a kit of the present invention.
Many of the features of any program, including for example the dosing regimen, may be provided for in instructions to the subject participating in any program. Such instructions may, in certain embodiments, require the subject to decide whether to continue any program depending on the results obtained while on the program. The length of such trial period may vary with the particular program. Typically, trial periods may be between about one to about six or more months, and alternatively, the trial periods may be between one and three months. In certain embodiments of such programs, the subject may be required to assess their progress on the program by monitoring a parameter relevant to their particular condition. In certain embodiments, a program directed to prevention or treatment of a glucose metabolism disorders may require subjects to monitor their HbAlc levels. After a certain period on such a program, during which the subject would have used the composition or supplement prescribed by the program in the manner dictated thereby, the program may require the subject to determine their HbAlc level. Depending on whether the HbAlc level changed by a particular amount, the subject may continue with the particular program, discontinue the program altogether, or alter the program. The foregoing decision may depend on the initial condition of the subject.
For example, in one embodiment of a program of the present invention, the dose of chromium administered to a patient in a composition varies with the initial HbAlc level. Accordingly, in this particular example, the chromium dosages would be as follows: for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.003 mg Cr or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.009 mg Cr or less/kg, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.005 mg Cr/kg of body weight up to about 0.01 mg Cr/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAl c level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.006 mg Cr/kg of body weight up to about 0.015 mg Cr/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of at least about 1 1, a dose of chromium in the range of about 0.007 mg Cr/kg of body weight up to about 0.04 mg Cr or more/kg of body weight. The particular dose of chromium would be maintained for a trial period, whereupon the HbAlc level would be measured again. If the patient's HbAlc level had dropped during the trial period, then the dose of chromium ingested could be reduced; if the HbAlc level had not decreased, the patient would have a number of options: the dose of chromium could be increased, the same dose could be ingested for a longer time period, or a different chromium complex with potentially differing bioavailability and potency for the particular individual could be used. This program could be applied to any other component or ingredient of the present invention, including, for example, any vanadium containing complex. In addition to those indices already discussed above, a number of parameters of blood serum may be measured to assess the efficacy of any supplement or method of the present invention in attending to the conditions described herein. Any of these parameters may serve as the basis of a program of the present invention. Useful parameters include: LDL- cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol, apolipoprotein Al, apolipoprotein B, HbAlc, and blood sugar level (fasting, post-prandial and urine). It has been observed that the subject compositions are especially effective in improving blood glucose control after eating, so the post-prandial measurement may be preferred in certain embodiments of the present invention.
Other measurements of import for any subject invention include heart rate, blood pressure, weight, and temperature. To assess the present invention's affect on a patient's body condition, the following may be monitored: various skin-fold thicknesses, bicep and calf circumferences, body weight, lean body mass, percent body fat, body mass index (BMI), and waist-to-hip ratio (WHP).
The amounts of the individual components of preparations of this invention may vary, although in certain preparations the components are present in amounts lying within certain ranges presented herein. The present invention typically contemplates administering the dosages of any supplement or composition on a daily basis, or at other frequencies appropriate to the supplement or composition and its mode of delivery. For example, a dose of a composition of the present invention may be ingested or administered daily in a single serving, e.g., a tablet or a liquid, or in multiple servings. Alternatively, the dosages of the present invention may be ingested over a several day period or over any other time period so as to achieve the desired therapeutic effects.
Certain supplements and compositions of the present invention contemplate components that are transition metal chelates. Certain of the metal chelates contemplated by the present invention may have, in addition to any chelating ligand or ligands that are bound covalently or through ionic interactions to said metal ion, a counter-ion that is generally not bound to the metal ion (or if associated, only weakly so), and counters any charge of the metal- ligand complex. For example, in vanadyl sulfate hydrate, the sulfate would generally be considered a counter-ion to the vanadyl ion metal-ligand complex. Some examples of commonly encountered counter-ions include sulfate, perchlorate, nitrate, halogens, and the like. In addition, the metal chelates may have a number of waters of hydration associated with them. For example, one form of magnesium dichloride is magnesium dichloride hexahydrate, in which six waters of hydration are part of the metal complex. A metal chelate that is identified as an hydrate may have one or more waters of hydration. In addition, the number of molecules of waters of hydration may be a non-integer number when expressed as a ratio of one molecule of metal complex to the molecular number of the waters of hydration.
In providing a dose of transition metal chelate to a subject, the most appropriate dose may depend, in part, on the nature of the metal chelate. Certain transition metal or mono- or multi-valent ion complexes may be more readily assimilated than others, and may therefore be more effective in achieving the desired therapeutic response than other complexes. Another important factor may be the water solubility of any metal complex. Another relevant factor may be the mode of administration. Consequently, dosages of the complexes typically contemplated by the present invention usually depend on the identity of the complex, the means of administration, and the formulation in which the complex is administered.
For instance, chromium picolinate appears to be absorbed at a rate about four times greater than chromium trichloride upon oral administration to rats. In certain embodiments, chromium picolinate is used instead of chromium trichloride as the administered complex. In other embodiments, chromium polynicotinate may be used instead of chromium picolinate as it contemplated that chromium polynicotinate will generally have better absoφtion and metabolic properties than chromium picolinate.
For many transition metal chelates (or other metal chelates), such as those contemplated by the present invention, the metal chelate or other inorganic complex administered to a subject may differ from the form that is responsible for any biological activity. Furthermore, many different complexes of the same transition metal may cause a biological response to different degrees. For instance, a transition metal complex may undergo any number of reactions in vivo, including: hydrolysis, which depends greatly on pH conditions; redox reactions, whereby the transition metal, or even a chelating ligand, may change electronic state, which depends greatly on the local redox environment; and other ligation reactions, whereby a molecule may, because of, for example, superior binding characteristics and/or affinity or greater concentration, displace a ligand chelating the metal. It is not uncommon for a transition metal complex, especially those containing first row transition metals, to undergo complete hydrolysis upon ingestion or administration to a subject and possibly chelation by a molecule present in vivo. Generally, complexed forms of such metals will be selected to direct or maintain the desired form of the metal in the body. Other potentially desirable characteristics in metal complexes include: a neutral charge to the complex, sufficient water solubility (e.g., capable of forming an at least a 0.1 mM solution); and capable of being absorbed orally and gastro-intestinally.
For the different transition metals that serve as components in the subject supplements, particular complexes are discussed in more detail herein. In addition, acceptable salts of such transition metals that may serve as components in the subject preparations generally include the conventional non-toxic salts of the compounds, e.g., salts derived from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, valeric, oleaic, lauric, lactic, lactobionic, laurylsulphic, and the like. See, for example, Berge et al. J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19 (1977). For the different transition metal or other metal complexes of the present invention described herein, the dosages are presented with reference to the amount of elemental transition metal or other metal in such complex, unless otherwise expressly indicated or implied by the context.
Contemplated equivalents of the components of the subject compositions of the present invention include compounds or materials that otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound in the composition or in use in the contemplated method.
As explained herein in greater detail, the invention will readily enable the design and implementation of trials in warm-blooded animals, including humans and mammals, necessary for easily determining or tailoring the form and dose for any supplement, and the components thereof, of the present invention.
3. Exemplan' Compositions and Methods of Using the Same
The present invention provides in part for dietary supplements or compositions that enhances glucose metabolism. In certain embodiments, one or more of the components of the subject composition may be responsible for such enhancement. Embodiments of the invention include supplements or compositions that enhance glucose metabolism, while treating or reducing the severity of many of the secondary or risk factors that often accompany diabetes or IGT. Although the subject supplements or compositions may be used by individuals with no apparent symptoms of diabetes, the supplement is particularly suited for use by individuals with IGT and/or diabetes to prevent, reduce or eliminate the necessity of using insulin or other anti-diabetic medications. The present invention also contemplates using the formulations in conjunction with other methods of treating diabetic and pre-diabetic individuals, or otherwise reducing the severity of their condition. For example, the formulations of the present invention may contain ingredients that also work with insulin to enhance the effect of insulin on the regulation of glucose concentration in the blood by improving metabolism of glucose in the insulin sensitive cells of the body.
Without limiting the invention to a particular mechanism of action, both chromium and vanadium may act at two different levels in the body: 1) gastrointestinal tract activity, particularly localized to the intestine; and 2) systemic activity. These two levels of action are at the organ level and include additional effects at the cellular and subcellular level.
In the gastrointestinal tract, chromium and vanadium (either individually, or possibly in concert) modulate sugar transport (e.g., glucose transport) by typically slowing glucose absoφtion. Slower glucose absoφtion slows insulin release and reduces excessive insulin responses in response to rising blood glucose levels after a meal. This benefits pancreatic secretion of insulin by reducing both the glucose load and rate of glucose load over the initial phases of glucose detection, absoφtion and metabolism by the body. Reduced rates of glucose loading reduces the stress on beta cells normally associated with the insulin response to rising glucose.
Moreover, slower or modulated glucose absoφtion permits more time for insulin to stimulate normal sugar metabolic routes either before glucose loading is complete, or during a slower rate of glucose loading. Consequently, insulin dependent mechanisms have more time to prepare for the arrival of sugars from the intestine. This modulation of glucose absoφtion improves short-term insulin modulation in the liver, muscle, and adipose tissue. These effects in the gastrointestinal tract are, in all likelihood, short-term responses, and they are not necessarily associated with the longer-term systemic effects of chromium and vanadium administration. In addition, chromium and vanadium may potentially slow glucose metabolism by interacting with the intestine, particularly the epithelium of the intestine responsible for sugar metabolism (including absoφtion). One primary mechanism for sugar transport in the gut is sodium facilitated sugar transport. Such transporters are located in the lumenal membrane of the epithelium. The basolateral membrane may also have an additional sugar transporter that facilitates transport out the cell and into the blood. For net sugar absoφtion from the lumen of the gut to the blood, sodium facilitated sugar transport generally requires a sodium concentration favorable to the diffusion of sodium into the epithelium cell from the lumen. This concentration gradient is largely generated by the active transport of the Na/K ATPase in the epithelium cells, which generally transports three sodium atoms out of the cell to the blood side of the epithelium in exchange for two sodium atoms in the reverse direction.
Each cycle of the pump requires hydrolysis of one ATP to transport sodium and potassium against their respective concentration gradients. The hydrolysis reaction requires a divalent cation, typically magnesium. In many instances, however other divalent cations may substitute or enter into the hydrolysis reaction with varying degrees of catalytic activity or inhibition. Substitution of trivalent cations for divalent cations in the cycle generally leads to significant inhibition of the pumping activity and/or dephosphorylation from the phosphoenzyme intermediate state. Chromium may thus inhibit the Na/K ATPase activity by substituting for magnesium and thereby inhibiting relative to magnesium catalytic and transport activity giving rise to a decreased sodium gradient across the lumenal membrane. The reduced gradient effects sugar transport by reducing the thermodynamic and kinetic forces favoring sugar entry from the gut.
In addition, during the hydrolysis of ATP in the catalytic cycle of the Na/K ATPase, a phosphoenzyme intermediate (EP) is formed between phosphate and an aspartic acid at the active site of APTase. This covalent EP is transient and is chemical distinct from phosphorylated proteins associated with kinases and phosphatases, which have also been shown to be affected by vanadium. Formation of EP in the catalytic cycle for Na/K ATPase is inhibited by vanadate present at low concentrations of less than 1 micromolar. Vanadate binds to the active site as a transition state analog of phosphate in a vanadyl-enzyme, or EV complex, rather than EP. The EV complex is highly stable, as vanadate the kinetics of loss of vanadate from the EV complex is relatively slow. Vanadate may thus effectively inhibit the Na/K ATPase by disrupting catalysis through the formation of EV giving rise to a decreased sodium gradient across the lumenal membrane. Consequently, the reduced gradient reduces sugar entry from the intestine.
Chromium and vanadium also operate at the systemic level after absoφtion of the two transition metals from the gut. Major sites of activity include the liver, muscle and adipose tissue. Vanadium may have particular activity with respect to phosphorylation systems, including the many phosphorylated proteins responsible for modulating metabolism. Chromium may also modulate metabolism at the cellular level. These systemic effects generally improve the action of insulin and/or metabolic pathways associated with sugar and/or lipid metabolism.
The dosing for chromium and vanadium components in the subject compositions and methods may depend in part on the mechanisms of action discussed above. Both chromium and vanadium may be stored in long term (e.g., about 2 to 6 weeks) compartments which may provide diffusable sites of chromium and vanadium for maintaining elevated levels of chromium and vanadium in a patient. In treatment, it may be possible to load such sites with chromium or vanadium and then taper or abate the dose of the transition metals over time to allow the deposits to be reduced. The deposit sites may then be reloaded and the tapering repeated as necessary.
In certain embodiments of the invention, it may be desirable to tailor dosing of chromium and vanadium to the (as well as other components described herein) caloric intake. By combining ingestion of chromium or vanadium with caloric intake, for instance, more desirable absoφtion and metabolic patterns of caloric sources, particularly sugars, may be achieved. The short-term effects attributable to chromium and vanadium may, in particular, beneficially modulate absoφtion and metabolism.
In regard to absoφtion and metabolism of the subject compositions, and the different components thereof, features of the alimentary tract may affect how compositions of the present invention, and methods of using the same, are utilized when ingested orally. The elements of the alimentary tract, including the gastrointestinal tract, may affect the dosage required for any such modality. Such features are well known to those of skill in the art.
3.1 Components of Subject Compositions, Edible Solids and Supplements
In certain embodiments, the compositions of the present invention may augment or supplant other forms of diabetes and IGT treatment, such as insulin. In certain embodiments, programs of the present invention require that the subject compliment such treatment methods with the compositions of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, it has been discovered that a composition containing an anti-diabetic agent and the following components in effective amounts and metabolically available forms: vanadium, chromium, magnesium, and vitamin E in combination with naturally available sources of aspirin, alpha-lipoic acid, and folic acid, improves the metabolism of glucose. Such compositions may be also used to arrest, treat or otherwise reduce the severity of many of the cardiovascular complications or risk factors associated with diabetes or pre-diabetes. These components perform different functions which, when administered in appropriate dosages and forms, typically enhance the metabolism of glucose
In part, the present invention contemplates combinations of components in different supplements or compositions to produce a therapeutic effect in a patient with a glucose metabolism disorder, such as Type 2 diabetes, IGT, Syndrome X, insulin resistance, or hyperinsulinemia. In general, the therapeutic effect may be measured by reference to any number of indices that are directly related to glucose metabolism, such as blood glucose level or HbAlc level, or other parameters that may otherwise be affected by such a disorder or a related condition or disease. The present invention teaches how to test supplements or compositions containing any one or more of the components set forth herein to determine whether any particular combination of components in a supplement or composition results in a desirable therapeutic effect upon administration to a patient.
In certain embodiments, the subject compositions contain at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of chromium. In other embodiments, the subject compositions contain at least a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable source of vanadium. In still other embodiments, the present invention includes both bioavailable sources of the two minerals. Optionally, any of the foregoing subject compositions may include any of the following: one or more anti-diabetic agents, vitamins, minerals and other components. In other embodiments, the subject compositions contain one or more anti- diabetic agents without any of the foregoing minerals, vitamins or other component.
3.1.1 Chromium
Chromium is a trace mineral found in human tissues. Claims surrounding the use of chromium as a supplement, such as weight loss and building muscle mass, have been made for non-diabetic individuals. Notwithstanding such claims, the status of chromium supplementation, even for diabetic patients, appears to be unsettled. Although chromium supplementation may be prescribed for individuals who are chromium deficient, the prevalence of chromium deficiency in diabetic patients appears to be difficult to establish.
Without limiting the invention to a particular mechanism of action, chromium at the appropriate dosage and form may cause improved glucose or lipid metabolism by overcoming insulin resistance. Chromium may increase insulin binding to cells by increasing the number of insulin receptors. Alternatively, chromium may increase insulin sensitivity by increasing insulin receptor phosphorylation.
The present invention contemplates metal complex of chromium in which the chromium is bioavailable. Some examples of such sources of chromium include chromium trichloride, chromium acetate, chromium nicotinate (or polynicotinate), chromium picolinate, chromium glycinate, chromium oxalate, chromium perchlorate, chromium salicylate, chromium nicotinate glycinate, chromium 4-oxo-pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate, chromium chelidamate or arginate; and chromium tris-acetylacetonate. Another possible source of chromium is glucose tolerance factor, which contains chromium thought to be complexed as chromium nicotinate. Finally, in addition to those metal complexes specifically set forth herein, other salts and complexes of chromium known to those of skill in the art are contemplated by the present invention. As discussed generally above, the chromium complexes contemplated by the present invention may differ in bioavailability and potency.
The chromium complexes may contain chromium in the (III) (i.e., trivalent), (VI) (i.e., hexavalent), or other valent states, although it is believed that the trivalent state is responsible for biological effects of interest in the present invention and is therefore preferred. Chromium in many of the chromium containing complexes contemplated by the present invention typically have chromium in the (III) valency. ertain embodiments ot tne present invention contemplate doses oi chromium from aboutl OO meg to about 5000 meg or higher. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of chromium in any particular form, such as complex or in any particular valency. By way of example, to provide 200 meg of chromium using chromium trichloride, a patient would need to ingest about 610 meg of chromium trichloride.
Particular dosages of chromium contemplated by the present invention include about 200 meg, 300 meg, 333 meg, 500 meg, 650 meg, 750 meg, 1000 meg, 1250 meg, 1500 meg, 2000 meg, 2500 meg, 3000 meg, 3500 meg, 4500 meg, and 5000 meg, as well as other possible dosages determined by one of skill in the art. Higher dosages, while they may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may taper into dosages in the lower end of the taught ranges. In certain instances, it may be advantageous not to fall below about 250 to 600 meg of chromium per day when tapering the dose. Alternatively, in some embodiments, such as edible solids and other food items, dosages may be lower.
In certain embodiments, the dose of chromium may be modified if the supplement or composition contains a bioavailable source of vanadium. For example, the dose of chromium may be reduced by from about 10% to about 75%, or alternatively 25%, 33%, 55%, or 66%. The amount of reduction in the chromium dose may depend, in part, on the dose of vanadium provided for in any supplement of the present invention, as well as the source of the vanadium and the means of administration.
For any of the components described herein, the dose may be varied as necessary, for example, to treat one or more specific conditions set forth herein, or for example, to reflect any differences in administration or the nature of the components employed in any particular composition, method or program of the present invention. For example, the dose of chromium may be reduced as ingestion of the supplement results in improved blood glucose control. The patient may need to monitor a number of indices, such as blood glucose levels or HbAlc levels, to determine the appropriate dosing.
In additional embodiments of present invention, the dose of chromium is based on the weight of the intended recipient. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.001 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.06 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.01 mg/kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.002 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.02 mg/kg of body weight.
In further embodiments of the present invention, the dose of chromium may be determined based on the intended recipient's condition. For example, in one embodiment, the dose of chromium may depend on the subject's HbAlc level. Accordingly, in this particular example, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.003 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.009 mg or less/kg, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.005 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1, a dose of chromium is in the range of about 0.006 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.015 mg/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of at least about 1 1, a dose of chromium in the range of about 0.007 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.04 mg or more/kg of body weight. Dosing for a particular's subject condition may be based on any of the parameters known in the art or described herein useful for assessing the condition of any subject. For example, a number of parameters of blood serum, in addition to HbAlc levels, may be used to determine appropriate dosing. Other measurements of import of potential use for dosing puφoses are described herein. In addition, because the present compositions may be administered as edible solids, the dosage levels may need to be less to achieve the same therapeutic effect.
Chromium in the trivalent state is one of the least toxic nutrients: the reference dose established by the US EPA is 350 times the upper limit of the Estimated Safe and Adequate Daily Dietary Intake (ESADDI) of 200 meg per day, wherein the reference dose is defined as the estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a daily exposure to a human population, including sensitive subgroups, that is likely to be without appreciable risk of deleterious effects over a lifetime. Consequently, the present invention contemplates doses of trivalent chromium that substantially suφass the ESADDI but which may be necessary to produce the greatest therapeutic effect.
3.1.2 Vanadium
In some embodiments, vanadium compounds of the present invention are believed to have an insulin mimetic effect. Vanadium, often in the form of vanadate appears in certain tissues to stimulate glucose transport, activate glycogen synthase, increase glycogen syntheses in fat cells, and stimulate carbohydrate uptake in the liver like insulin.
A commonly used source of vanadate is vanadyl sulfate. Upon ingestion, vanadyl sulfate is typically reduced to vanadate, which is a salt, of vanadic acid. Glycogen synthase is an enzyme that causes the conversion of glucose into glycogen. Vanadate appears to activate glycogen synthase in the same manner as insulin. For example, vanadate appears to have no effect if insulin concentration is at a maximum, whereas if insulin is at less than maximum, vanadate increases both glycogen synthase activation state and 2-deoxyglucose transport to the level obtained if insulin were at maximized. Vanadate and insulin activate glycogen synthase within similar time frames, and adrenaline partially reverses both vanadate and insulin activated glycogen synthase. Also, insulin and vanadate counteract the activating effect of adrenaline on glycogen phosphorylase.
Dosages of vanadium in compositions of the present invention range from less than 5 mg to more than 100 mg. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of vanadium in any particular form, such as any particular complex or in any particular valency.
Particular dosages of vanadium contemplated by the present invention include about 0.1 mg, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, and 125 mg. In certain embodiments, the amount of vanadium administered is about 5 mg to 50 mg. Typically, these are daily dosages. Higher dosages, while they may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may taper into dosages in the lower end of the taught ranges. In some embodiments of the present invention, particularly those related to edible solids and other food items, dosages may be lower.
In certain embodiments, it may be useful to represent the preceding doses may be in terms of vanadyl (VO2+) instead of vanadium. Such dosages would be: 0.1 mg V, 0.13 mg VO2+; 1 mg V, 1.3 mg VO2+; 5 mg V, 6.55 mg VO2+; 10 mg V, 13.1 mg VO2+; 20 mg V, 26.2 mg VO +; 25 mg V, 32.8 mg VO2+; 50 mg V; 65.5 mg NO2+; 75 mg N, 98.3 mg NO2+; 100 mg V, 131 mg VO2+; and 125 mg V, 164 mg VO2+.
In certain embodiments, the compositions of the present invention include vanadyl sulfate hydrate as a vanadium source. In one such embodiment, the amount of elemental vanadium in the source of vanadium sulfate hydrate was determined by elemental analysis to be approximately 20% by weight, which corresponds to about five to six waters of hydration per molecule of vanadyl sulfate. For any embodiment using such a source of vanadyl sulfate hydrate, some of the common doses of vanadium and the resulting amount of vanadyl sulfate hydrate necessary to provide that amount of vanadium would be: 0.1 mg of vanadium, 0.5 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate; 20 mg of vanadium, 100 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate; 100 mg of vanadium, 500 mg of vanadyl sulfate hydrate. In certain embodiments, the dose of vanadium may be modified if the supplement or composition contains a bioavailable source of chromium. For example, the dose of vanadium may be reduced by from about 10% to about 75%, or alternatively 25%), 33%o, 55%, or 66%>. The amount of reduction in the vanadium dose may depend, in part, on the dose of chromium provided for in any supplement of the present invention, as well as the source of the chromium and the means of administration.
For any of the components described herein, the dose may be varied as necessary, for example, to treat one or more specific conditions set forth herein, or for example, to reflect any differences in administration or the nature of the components employed in any particular composition, method or program of the present invention. For example, the dose of vanadium may be reduced as ingestion of the supplement results in improved blood glucose control. The patient may need to monitor a number of indices, such as blood glucose levels or HbAlc levels, to determine the appropriate dosing.
In additional embodiments of present invention, the dose of vanadium is based on the weight of the intended recipient. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.1 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 10 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.3 mg/kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.2 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.8 mg/kg of body weight. Alternatively, dosages based on the subject's weight may be based on the amount of vanadyl required in any embodiment of the present invention. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the dose of vanadyl is in the range of about 0.13 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 13 mg or more/kg of body weight. In another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is at least about 0.42 mg kg body weight. In still another embodiment of the present invention, the dose is in the range of about 0.26 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.10 mg/kg of body weight.
In further embodiments of the present invention, the dose of vanadium may be determined based on the intended recipient's condition. For example, in one embodiment, the dose of vanadium may depend on the subject's HbAlc level. Accordingly, in this particular example, for a patient having an HbAl c level in the range of about 7 up to about 8, a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.05 mg or less/kg of body weight up to about 0.45 mg/kg; for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 8 up to about 9, a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.15 mg/kg of body weight up to about 0.6 mg/kg of body weight, for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of about 10 up to about 1 1 , a dose of vanadium is in the range of about 0.3 mg/kg of body weight up to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight, and for a patient having an HbAlc level in the range of at least about 1 1 , a dose of vanadium in the range of about 0.35 mg/kg of body weight up to about 2.0 mg or more/kg of body weight. Dosing for a particular's subject condition may be based on any of the parameters known in the art or described herein useful for assessing the condition of any subject. For example, a number of parameters of blood serum, in addition to HbAlc levels, may be used to determine appropriate dosing. Other measurements of import of potential use for dosing puφoses are described herein.
A number of vanadium containing compounds may be used in the present invention. For instance, vanadyl sulfate does not appear not to be associated with any apparent toxicity during treatment periods of up to one year. In addition, it appears that vanadyl sulfate may be less toxic than vanadate forms of vanadium. Other vanadium compounds contemplated by the present invention include any of the following: vanadium pentoxide; vanadium trisulfate; vanadyl chloride; vanadyl glycinate; vanadyl gluconate; vanadyl citrate; vanadyl lactate; vanadyl tartrate; vanadyl gluconate; vanadyl phosphate; sodium orthovanadate; vanadium chelidamate or arginate; and vanadyl complexes with monoprotic bidentate 2,4-diones. In addition to those vanadium complexes specifically set forth above, other organic, inorganic, salts and complexes of vanadium, including vanadyl complexes, known to those of skill in the art are contemplated by the present invention. The different vanadium-containing metal complexes of the present invention may contain vanadium in any number of vanadium valencies. Vanadyl ion is VO2+, which has vanadium in plus four oxidation state, is one form of vanadium that is preferred in supplements of the present invention.
3.1.3 Magnesium
Magnesium influences a broad diversity of functions in physiology and pathology. Magnesium is the second most abundant intracellular cation (positively charged element) in the body, predominately in muscle (skeletal and cardiac) and bone. It is required for over 300 enzymatic reactions.
For instance, magnesium is essential for maintaining the activity of the sodium potassium adenine triphosphate (Na-K- ATPase) pump. Magnesium deficiency results in depletion of intracellular potassium (the most abundant intracellular cation) and sodium accumulation. In cardiac muscle, this electrolyte abnormality may cause electrocardiographic changes and cardiac irritability, leading to myocardial infarction and potentially lethal arrhythmias.
The recommended daily allowance of magnesium for humans is 350 mg. Magnesium in mammals typically resides in three compartments: (1) bone; (2) intracellular bound form or an intracellular unbound form; and (3) in circulating bound and unbound forms. When the concentration of circulating magnesium in the bloodstream increases as a result of the dietary intake of magnesium, the magnesium is sequestered into one of the bound or intracellular forms. Hypomagensium is generally defined as a serum magnesium level concentration of less than 1.5 mEq/1.
The incidence of magnesium deficiency in Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes appears to be unclear. The diabetic patient may be at risk for developing magnesium depletion via inadequate dietary intake and gastrointestinal and renal losses, especially with poorly controlled blood glucose and resultant glucosuria. However, the diagnosing magnesium deficiency in the clinical setting remains extremely difficult because serum magnesium measures only 0.3%> of the total body magnesium and is therefore difficult to determine.
Magnesium, as used in the present invention, appears to improve glucose metabolism and to arrest or reduce any diabetes associated risk factors. Many preparations of magnesium are available but they may differ in potency, bioavailability (absoφtion), tolerability, and cost. Magnesium taken orally is absorbed primarily in the jejunum and ileum. Some magnesium salts, such as the oxide or the carbonate, although inexpensive, are not highly soluble in water, poorly absorbed and associated with gastrointestinal side effects, especially diarrhea. Other magnesium-containing complexes present better solubility, bioavailability, potency, tolerability, safety, and predictability in repleting intracellular and serum levels of magnesium. Adjusting the dose as necessary for the particular magnesium complex employed, a number of magnesium containing complexes, or mixtures thereof, may be used in the subject preparations. Such molecules include: magnesium chloride; magnesium citrate; magnesium fumarate; magnesium succinate; magnesium orotate; magnesium aminodicarbonic acid fluoride, bromide and iodide; magnesium aspartate; magnesium stearate; magnesium glutamate; magnesium oxide; magnesium hydroxide; magnesium carbonate; magnesium hydrogen phosphate; magnesium glycerophosphate; magnesium trisilicate; magnesium hydroxide carbonate; magnesium acetate; magnesium citrate; magnesium gluconate; magnesium lactate; magnesium ascorbate; magnesium taurate; magnesium malate; and magnesium diglycinate.
It has been suggested that certain forms of magnesium are capable of increasing intracellular magnesium concentrations, whereas other magnesium supplements merely increase extra-cellular magnesium levels, which may result in less of a therapeutic effect or none at all. Two magnesium complexes that have been proposed to increase intracellular concentrations are magnesium orotate and magnesium aspartate.
Like many metal-containing complexes, the different magnesium compounds have different mechanisms of uptake in vivo. Additionally, upon administration, including ingestion, the transition metal complexes may undergo any number of reactions in vivo that affect the bioavailability and resulting therapeutic effect. By way of example, magnesium citrate is soluble in gastric fluid and thus is readily available for passive absoφtion in the upper gastrointestinal tract. Magnesium and taurine may act to improve insulin sensitivity and to reduce vasoconstriction and atherogenesis, and stabilize platelets. Magnesium acetate, magnesium ascorbate and magnesium lactate are soluble in gastric fluid and share the upper gastrointestinal passive absoφtion potential of magnesium citrate. The ascorbate radical serves as a source of vitamin C by conversion to ascorbic acid upon exposure to hydrochloric acid in the gastric fluid, whereas the magnesium ion is converted to soluble magnesium chloride. The satisfactory water solubility of magnesium acetate, magnesium ascorbate, magnesium citrate and magnesium lactate provide for a diffusional gradient of magnesium in the upper small intestine where some passive absoφtion of magnesium occurs. Magnesium oxide is converted to magnesium chloride in the stomach, and offers the advantage of a high ionic magnesium content, since 60%. by weight of the magnesium oxide molecule is elemental magnesium. Magnesium diglycinate represents a form of magnesium that is absorbed in part as an intact dipeptide in the proximal small intestine via a dipeptide transport pathway and therefore provides a third absoφtive mechanism for magnesium. Magnesium stearate is useful as a lubricant when compressing the composition into tablets. The observations for these magnesium complexes is illustrative of the type of processes and chemical reactions that may occur for any of the transitional metal complexes described herein, including the chromium- and vanadium-containing complexes.
A variety of dosages, in amount of magnesium, are contemplated by the present invention. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the dose amounts referred to herein refer to the amount of magnesium in any particular form, such as any particular complex. The dose may range from about 5 mg or less to 1000 mg or more. Specific dosages include about 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 1000 mg, 1500 mg, and 2000 mg. A preferred dose is 46 mg of magnesium. Typically, these are daily dosages. Higher dosages, while the may be daily dosages, may be used as short term regimes (e.g. less than about one month) and may tamper into dosages in the lower end of the ranges. In many such instances it will be advantageous to not to fall below about 40 to 100 mg per day when tampering the dose. As for the other components of the subject compositions, appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art. For example, as for the chromium and vanadium components, the appropriate dose of magnesium may depend on the mode of administration. In certain embodiments, use of the subject compositions in edible solids may require lower doses than those required for ingestion of the subject composition in tablet form. As for the chromium and vanadium components, the appropriate dose of magnesium may be based on the weight of the intended recipient. Alternatively, as discussed for other components, the appropriate dose of magnesium may be based on the condition of any subject, as assessed by a number of variables of import. Alternatively, magnesium does may vary with the identity and amounts of the other components in any supplement of the present invention. As for the other components of the subject compositions, appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art.
3.1.4 Aspirin (acetyl salicylic acid) and other anti-platelet agents Aspirin (e.g. acetyl salicylic acid) may be use to reduce the risk of either primary (high risk for cardiovascular disease) or secondary (cardiovascular disease). The health promoting benefits of aspirin derive in part from its antiplatelet effect. It appears to work, in part, by inhibiting cyclooxygenase, an enzyme necessary for the synthesis of thromboxane, a potent stimulator of platelet aggregation, a condition known to be increased in diabetes and to be causative in the atherosclerotic process. In patients with diabetes and other glucose metabolism disorders, aspirin appears to correct this abnormal increase in platelet activity. Platelet aggregation is implicated in thrombus formation, which involves interaction of aggregated platelets and activated coagulation factors with a damaged vascular wall. Platelets are normally non-adherent, but upon damage to the endothelial lining of a vessel, the platelets adhere to exposed subendothelial collagen. The von Willebrand factor (vWF) is involved in this adhesion. Collagen and thrombin initiate platelet activation and activate phospholipase C, which hydrolyzes membrane phospholipids. Protein kinase C is thereby activated, and the calcium concentration of platelet cytosol increases. Arachidonic acid is liberated from membrane phospholipids and is oxidized in part to prostaglandin H2 (PGH2) and TxA2. After platelet aggregation, fibrinogen is converted to fibrin to secure the hemostatic platelet plug. Platelet aggregation is mediated by the PGH2 derivative prostacyclin, which is also a vasodilator. In the arachidonic acid cascade, aspirin acts as a cyclooxygenase inhibitor, blocking the conversion of arachidonic acid to the PGH2 precursor prostaglandin G2 (PGG2). Because PGG2 is a precursor to both TxA2 and prostacyclin, aspirin blocks both the aggregation inducing and aggregation inhibiting effects of these factors. Like aspirin, naproxen, indomethacin, piroxicam and acetaminophen inhibit production of the pain-producing prostaglandins by cox-2, but they all, other than aspirin, substantially inhibit cox-1, which produces prostacyclin. Aspirin inhibits prostacyclin production the least (3-4 hrs), and piroxicam the most (3-4 days). It is believed that that one aspirin taken every 3 days maximizes prostacyclin production and minimizes production of TxA2, which causes hypertension and has been implicated in development of vascular disease. Other non- cylooxygenase inhibitors may be used for pain relief in addition to aspirin (e.g., Tramadol - Ultram), or inhibitors of cox-2 only (e.g., Meloxicam, and Sulindac (Clinoril)).
Because aspirin in doses above 80 mg per day may interfere with the synthesis of prostaglandins necessary to protect the gastric mucosa, gastrointestinal hemorrhage may result if aspirin is used above such a dose. Therefore, aspirin trials have used progressively smaller doses to avoid the risk of hemorrhage, and have found comparable suppression of thromboxane with doses as low as 10 mg per day and with equal or greater risk reduction for cardiovascular end point.
In certain embodiments, the present invention may use standardized willow bark as the source of aspirin. Standardized willow bark is a Chinese herb and is highly standardized source of aspirin. Alternatively, other, naturally occurring sources of acetyl salicylic acid may be used in the present invention. Typical dosage ranges of acetyl salicylic acid include less than 10 mg to 100 mg or more. Particular doses of aspirin include about 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg. Typically, these are daily dosages. Generally, although higher dosages are contemplated by the invention, they are less preferred because of potential gastric disturbances. In certain embodiments, it will be advantageous not to fall below about 40 to 80 mg per day when tolerable by a patient. As for the other components of the subject compositions, the appropriate dose of aspirin may depend on the mode of administration. For example, use of the subject compositions in edible solids may require lower doses than those required for ingestion of the subject composition in tablet form. As for the other components of the subject compositions, appropriate dosages may depend on numerous factors, and may be readily determined by one of skill in the art. Such factors include the weight of the intended recipient or the condition of the recipient.
3.1.5 Folic Acid
It is now well recognized that elevated blood homocysteine (a sulfhydryl-containing amino acid) levels are a cardiovascular risk factor. Homocysteine may injure arterial endothelial cells, may affect platelet-endothelial cell interaction, and may be thrombogenic. Such effects appear to accelerate the artherogenic process in diabetic patients. High homocysteine levels may be normalized by folic acid treatment, which thereby may reduce arthersclerotic events.
As with other the compounds of the present invention, the present invention may be practiced in the absence of folic acid, although in certain embodiments, the present invention will contain about 400 to about 600 meg folic acid, or alternatively, about 400 meg. Other possible doses include about 200 meg or less, 300 meg, 500 meg, 600 meg, and about 1000 meg or more.
3.1.6 Vitamin E and Other Anti-oxidants
There is evidence that diabetes produces oxidative stress that may be related to the many of the complications that accompany diabetes, including cardiovascular problems. Therefore, any compounds useful in reducing such stress may be valuable in the supplements of the present invention. Some possible candidates include the following:
a. Vitamin E Vitamin E (free 2R, 4'R, 8'R-alpha-tocopherol) is the most widely studied of the antioxidant vitamins. The interest in vitamin E as an antioxidant is based on the many demonstrations in humans that giving vitamin E as a supplement decreases the oxidation of low density lipoprotein (LDL) ex vivo, an event critical in the atherogenic process.
It is believed that Vitamin E supplementation reduces significantly atherosclerosis in primates, including humans. This observation assumes greater importance in those with diabetes, in view of the fact that as many as 60%> of newly diagnosed diabetic patients already have clinically obvious cardiovascular disease. A number of studies confirm such observation/ A significantly lower risk of coronary artery disease was observed in a four year, prospective, observational study in healthy middle-aged men who had higher intakes of dietary vitamin E as compared to those consuming small amounts. In another prospective, epidemiological study, middle-aged women free of cardiovascular disease at baseline were found to have a highly significant reduced risk of coronary artery disease if they had been on vitamin E supplements for at least two years during the eight year study. In a more recent and similar seven year prospective study of postmenopausal women without cardiovascular disease, dietary vitamin E consumption, but not vitamin A or C, was inversely associated with the risk of death from coronary artery disease.
The Cambridge Heart Antioxidant Study ("CHAOS") investigated vitamin E supplementation in patients with coronary artery disease. CHAOS was a nearly three year prospective, secondary interventional trial of 2002 men and women, 10%> of whom had diabetes, using vitamin E (free 2R, 4'R, 8'R-alpha-tocopherol), 400 or 800 LU. daily, in a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blinded design. Either dose of vitamin E was associated with a dramatic and significant reduction of non-fatal myocardial infarction. The benefit of treatment with vitamin E was apparent after two hundred days, and the patients with diabetes also enjoyed the marked reduction in the risk of non-fatal heart disease.
Another benefit of vitamin E supplementation is believed to be the favorable effect it has on insulin sensitivity, glucose metabolism, and lipid levels in both healthy subjects and patients with Type 2 diabetes. Conversely, in a prospective study of almost one thousand non diabetic, middle-aged men, low concentration of plasma vitamin E at baseline was found to be an independent and powerful predictor for the development of Type 2 diabetes during the four year study. A low level of vitamin E was associated with a greater than five-fold risk of developing diabetes in the ensuing four years. In addition, vitamin E may restore reduced prostacyclin synthesis, thereby possibly treating neuropathy.
Vitamin E was well tolerated in the studies where it was given as a supplement, and in the CHAOS study, there was no difference between the alpha-tocopherol treatment (400 or 800 I.U.) or placebo groups for side effects. Because of the unusually high incidence of clinical heart disease in newly diagnosed diabetic patients, and the favorable effect vitamin E has on the metabolic abnormalities of Type 2 diabetes, the present invention may contain vitamin E. Dosages may range up to 1200 I.U. or more, especially 400-800 I.U., and particularly 400 I.U.
In addition to using alpha-tocopherol and its analogs and esters thereof, e.g., alpha- tocopherol acid succinate and alpha-tocopherol acetate, other equivalents of tocopherols may be used in the subject preparations, such as tocotrienols and their esters, and tocopheryl nicotinate. Gamma tocopherol are believed to trap mutagenic electrophiles such as NOx. Alpha-tocopherol acid succinate may be useful for preparing supplements in tablet form.
b. Alpha-lipoic acid
Alpha-lipoic acid is a antioxidant and is an essential a coenzyme in the utilization of sugar (glucose) for energy production. Alpha-lipoic acid also assists the body recycle and renew other antioxidants, e.g. vitamins C and E, Co-QlO and glutathione, and neutralizes both oxygen and nitrogen free radicals, which are believed to play major causal roles in cardiovascular diseases. It has been suggested that alpha-lipoic acid may increase intracellular glutathione levels. More recently, administration of alpha-lipoic acid to diabetic patients with neuropathy appeared to reduce significantly associated symptoms. In addition, DL-lipoic acid has been recommended for treatment of a metabolic aberration of pymvate dehydrogenase, which is symptomatic of diabetes. Also, alpha-lipoic acid has been used to treat circulatory problems resulting from diabetes.
In certain embodiments, the present invention will contain about 10 mg or less to about 600 mg or more alpha-lipoic acid, with the most preferred dose of 50 mg. Other possible dosages include 10 mg or less, 25 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, and 750 mg or more. If a patient presents with neuropathy, an increased dose of alpha-lipoic acid may be appropriate.
c. N-acetylcysteine N-acetylcysteine (NAC) is a precursor to glutathione peroxidase. Evidence suggests that NAC has an affect on several conditions related to diabetes. For example, dietary NAC appeared to inhibit the development of peripheral neuropathy in STZ-induced diabetic rats. Sagara et al., Diabetologia 39:263-69 (1996). Administration of NAC was shown to reduce apolipoprotein Al by over 20% in NIDDM patients. Gilligan et al., Biochem. Biophvs. Acta 1254: 187-92 (1995). Dosages may vary up to 1500 mg or more, and include dosages of 250 mg, 500 mg, 1000 mg, 1500 mg, and 2000 mg.
d. Selenium
Selenium may be present as atomic selenium, but may also be a selenium compound, organic or inorganic. Any selenium compound that is non-toxic at the levels administered, and capable of being formulated with the other compounds of the formulation may be used. Examples of inorganic sources of selenium may include sodium selenite, selenium chloride, selenium oxide, selenium sulfide, sodium selenide, sodium selenate, selenium bromide, selenium oxybromide, selenium fluoride, selenium oxyfluoride, selenium oxychloride, selenium hexafluoride, selenium tetrabromide, selenium tetrachloride and selenium tetrafluoride. Organic selenium is available, for example, as kelp bound selenium contained in a colloidal polymannuronate complex or as Selen-yeast which is yeast grown on media rich in selenium and/or selenium salts. Other useful organic sources include, for example, seleno- amino acids, seleno-proteins, selenium-rich extracts of biological materials, selenols such as methyl selenol and ethyl selenol, and selenophenols such as selenophenol itself. Dose may range up to 200 meg or more (based on elemental selenium), and particular dosages include 40 meg or less, 60 meg, 80 meg, 100 meg, 150 meg, 200 meg, and 250 meg or more. Another possible component for improving anti-oxidant capabilities is ginko biloba extract. A possible dose is 120 mg, but the dose may vary. Finally, other well-known antioxidants that are contemplated by the present invention include both synthetic and naturally occurring ones: vitamin A (β-carotene and other carotenoids) vitamin C, selenium, probucol, drugs that inhibit superoxide anion formation or increase its destruction and lipoxygenase inhibitors. In addition, diets rich in oleic acid may prove useful.
3.1.7 Vitamin A
The present invention contemplates formulations containing vitamin A, including retinoids, β-carotene, α-carotene, cryptoxanthine, and other equivalents. Possible dosages of Vitamin A or its equivalents include up to 5000 I.U. or more.
These components may be combined in certain embodiments with other vitamin and mineral supplements. These additional ingredients may be taken simultaneously. Other vitamins and minerals are important in the metabolism of glucose and the maintenance of good health and may be ingested from food or included in a supplement. Some of these other vitamins and minerals include calcium, copper, and zinc.
It should be recognized that the amounts of these vitamins and minerals may vary widely within the scope of the present invention.
3.2 Anti-diabetic agents
Certain current drugs or anti-diabetic agents used for managing diabetes and its precursor syndromes, such as insulin resistance, that are well-known in the art fall within five classes of compounds: the biguanides, thiazolidinediones, the sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and glucosidase inhibitors. The biguanides, e.g., metformin, are believed to prevent excessive hepatic gluconeogenesis. The thiazolidinediones are believed to act by increasing the rate of peripheral glucose disposal. The sulfonylureas, e.g., tolbutamide and glyburide, and the benzoic acid derivatives, e.g. repaglinide, are believed to lower plasma glucose in part by stimulating insulin secretion.
In addition to these agents, a number of other therapies may be used in combination with the supplements of the present invention to improve glucose control. Certain of these anti-diabetic agents have not yet been approved for human use.
Among biguanides useful as diabetic therapeutic agents, metformin has proven particularly successful. Metformin (N,N-dimethylimidodicarbonimidicdiamide; 1,1- dimethylbiguanide; N,N-dimethylbiguanide; N,N-dimethyldiguanide; N'- dimethylguanylguanidine) is an anti-diabetic agent that acts by reducing glucose production by the liver and by decreasing intestinal absoφtion of glucose. It is also believed to improve the insulin sensitivity of tissues elsewhere in the body (increases peripheral glucose uptake and utilization). Metformin improves glucose tolerance in impaired glucose tolerant (IGT) subjects and Type 2 diabetic subjects, lowering both pre- and post-prandial plasma glucose. Metformin is generally not effective in the absence of insulin. Bailey, Diabetes Care 15:755- 72 (1992).
Unlike other agents for treating diabetes, such as the sulfonylureas, metformin does not appear to produce hypoglycemia in either diabetic or non-diabetic subjects. With metformin therapy, insulin secretion remains unchanged while fasting insulin levels and day-long plasma insulin response may decrease. The efficacy of metformin has been shown in several trials. In one study of moderately obese Type 2 diabetics, HbAlc levels improved from 8.6% to 7.1%. after 29 weeks of metformin therapy alone or in combination with sulfonylurea. DeFronzo et al, New Engl. J. Med. 333:541-49 (1995). Metformin also had a favorable effect on serum lipids, lowering mean fasting serum triglycerides, total cholesterol, and LDL cholesterol levels and showing no adverse effects on other lipid levels. In another trial, metformin improved glycemic control in NIDDM subjects in a dose-related manner. After 14 weeks, metformin 500 and 2000 mg daily reduced HbAlc by 0.9% and 2.0%, respectively. Garber et al., Am J. Med. 102:491-97 (1997).
Metformin may have a beneficial therapeutic effect on insulin resistant non-diabetics. One study indicated that treatment of hypertensive obese non-diabetic women with metformin decreased blood pressure, fasting and glucose-stimulated plasma insulin fibrinogen. Giugliano et al., Diabetes Care 16:1387-90 (1993).
Metformin is commonly administered as metformin HCl. This as well as all other useful forms of metformin are contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention. Generally, a fixed dosage regimen is individualized for the management of hyperglycemia in diabetes with metformin HCl or any other pharmacologic agent. Individualization of dosage is made on the basis of both effectiveness and tolerance, while generally not exceeding the maximum recommended daily dose of about 2550 mg. In one embodiment of the present invention, compositions comprise in the range of about 10 mg up to about 2550 mg per daily dose. Many patients observe benefits at about 500 mg per day. In some embodiments of the invention, dosages may be less than about 100 mg per day when administered with the other components of any supplement of the present invention. Some subject experience gastrointestinal side effects, which may be alleviated by dosage reduction. A rare but severe side effect of metformin therapy is lactic acidosis.
In combination therapy, metformin is often used with sulfonylureas, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, troglitazone, and insulin. Metformin combined with a sulfonylurea increases insulin sensitivity and may lower plasma glucose. Alternatively, metformin with repaglinide may be more effective than glipizide, and at least as effective as glyburide, in maintaining glycemic control over many months. Metformin with troglitazone improves glucose control in excess of either agent alone. Inzucchi et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 338:867-72 (1998). Thiazolidinediones contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include troglitazone, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone and the like. Such compounds are well- known, e.g., as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,223,522, 5,132,317, 5,120,754, 5,061,717, 4,897,405, 4,873,255, 4,687,777, 4,572,912, 4,287,200, and 5,002,953; and Current Pharmaceutical Design 2:85-101 (1996). Troglitazone is an oral antihyperglycemic agent that increases glucose transport possibly by activation of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-γ (PPARγ). By such activation, troglitazone enhances expression of GLUT4 glucose transporters, resulting in increased insulin-stimulated glucose uptake. Troglitazone may also attenuate gluconeogenesis and or activation of glycolysis.
Glycemic control resulting from troglitazone therapy reduces HbAlc by approximately 1 to 2%. Mimura et al.. Diabetes Med. 11:685-91 (1994); Kumar et al., Diabetojogia 39:701- 09 (1996). Effects may not occur for a few weeks after beginning therapy. Troglitazone may also decrease insulin requirements. In one trial of patients with NIDDM and using exogenous insulin, mean HbAl c fell by 0.8%o and 1.4% for doses of 200 and 600 mg troglitazone, respectively. Insulin requirements were reduced by up to 29%. Schwartz et al., New En l. J. Med. 338:861-66 (1998). In another study of NIDDM diabetics using 400 and 600 mg troglitazone, fasting and post-prandial glucose levels were decreased, and hyperinsulinemic euglycemic clam indicated that glucose disposal was approximately 45% above pretreatment levels. Maggs et al., Ann. Intern. Med. 128:176-85 (1998). For all these studies, triglyceride concentrations are lowered and HDL increased, whereas LDL may or may not be increased. Troglitazone does not appear to cause hypoglycemia during monotherapy, but it may result when troglitazone is used in combination with insulin or a sulfonylurea.
Troglitazone may be used to delay or prevent Type 2 diabetes in certain embodiments of the present invention. In one study, 400 mg of troglitazone increased glucose disposal rates in obese patients with either impaired or normal glucose tolerance. Nolan et al., New Eng. J. Med 331 :1188-93 (1994). In another study of women with IGT and a history of gestational diabetes, 600 mg troglitazone improved insulin homeostasis, including improving insulin sensitivity and lowering circulating insulin concentrations, but glucose tolerance was unchanged. Berkowitz et al., Diabetes 45:172-79 (1996). Thiazolidinediones may be used with at-risk populations for NIDDM, such as women with POCS or GDM, to prevent or delay the onset of NIDDM. U.S. Patent No. 5,874,454.
Effective amounts of troglitazone, when used alone, range from about 10 mg up to about 800 mg per daily dose and a commensurate range is contemplated for use in the present invention. In certain aspects of the present invention, the composition comprises from about 100 mg to about 600 mg of troglitazone per daily dose, or alternatively 400 mg. The daily dose may subdivided for administration on two, three, or more occasions during the day. In addition to being used with metformin, troglitazone may be used in combination with insulin and a sulfonylurea agent. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,859,037.
In the present invention, sulfonylureas may be used to treat diabetes. Sulfonylureas generally operate by lowering plasma glucose by increasing the release of insulin from the pancreas. Specifically, sulfonylureas act by blocking the ATP-sensitive potassium channels. The sulfonylurea glimepiride may also increase insulin sensitivity by stimulating translocation of GLUT4 transporters. Sulfonylureas are typically prescribed when HbAlc is above 8%. See also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,258,185, 4,873,080.
The sulfonylureas are a class of compounds that are well-known in the art, e.g., as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,454,635, 3,669,966, 2,968,158, 3,501,495, 3,708,486, 3,668,215, 3,654,357, and 3,097,242. Exemplary sulfonylureas contemplated for use in certain embodiments of the present invention (with typical daily dosages indicated in parentheses) include acetohexamide (in the range of about 250 up to about 1500 mg), chloφropamide (in the range of about 100 up to about 500 mg), tolazimide (in the range of about 100 up to about 1000 mg), tolbutamide (in the range of about 500 up to about 3000 mg), gliclazide (in the range of about 80 up to about 320 mg), glipizide (in the range of about 5 up to about 40 mg), glipizide GITS (in the range of about 5 up to about 20 mg), glyburide (in the range of about 1 up to about 20 mg), micronized glyburide (in the range of about 0.75 up to about 12 mg), glimeperide (in the range of about 1 up to about 8 mg), AG-EE 623 ZW, and the like. Glimepiride is the first anti-diabetic agent in this class to be approved for use with insulin, and there may be less risk of hypoglycemia associated with its use.
A variety of alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may used in certain embodiments of the present invention to treat and/or prevent diabetes. Such inhibitors competitively inhibit alpha- glucosidase, which metabolizes carbohydrates, thereby delaying carbohydrate absoφtion and attenuating post-prandial hyperglycemia. Clissod et al., Drugs 35:214-23 (1988). These decrease in glucose allows the production of insulin to be more regular, and as a result, serum concentrations of insulin are decreased as are HbAlc levels. There does not appear to be any increased insulin sensitivity, however.
Exemplary alpha-glucosidase inhibitors contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include acarbose, miglitol, and the like. Effective dosages of both acarbose and miglitol are in the range of about 25 up to about 300 mg daily.
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may be used in combination with sulfonylureas, and they appear to be about on-half as effective as sulfonylureas or metformin in reducing glucose levels. HbAlc levels generally decrease from 0.5 to 1.0%. In addition, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors have been shown to be effective in reducing the post-prandial rise in blood glucose. Lefevre et al., Drugs 44:29-38 (1992).
A variety of benzoic acid derivatives may used in certain embodiments of the present invention to treat and or prevent diabetes. These agents, also known as meglitinides, are non- sulfonylurea hypoglycemic agents having insulin secretory capacity. For example, repaglinide appears to bind to ATP-sensitive potassium channels on pancreatic beta cells and thereby increases insulin secretion. Exemplary benzoic acid derivatives contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include repaglinide and the like. For repaglinide, the effective daily dosage may be in the range of about 0.5 mg up to about 16 mg, and the agent may be taken before each meal.
In another illustrative embodiment, the subject supplements may be conjointly administered with a an Ml receptor antagonist. Cholinergic agents are potent modulators of insulin release that act via muscarinic receptors. Moreover, the use of such agents can have the added benefit of decreasing cholesterol levels, while increasing HDL levels. Suitable muscarinic receptor antagonists include substances that directly or indirectly block activation of muscarinic cholinergic receptors. Preferably, such substances are selective (or are used in amounts that promote such selectivity) for the Ml receptor. Nonlimiting examples include quaternary amines (such as methantheline, ipratropium, and propantheline), tertiary amines (e.g. dicyclomine, scopolamine) and tricyclic amines (e.g. telenzepine). Pirenzepine and methyl scopolamine are preferred. Other suitable muscarinic receptor antagonists include benztropine (commercially available as COGENTIN from Merck), hexahydro-sila-difenidol hydrochloride (HHSID hydrochloride disclosed in Lambrecht et al., Trends in Pharmacol. Sci. 10(Suppl):60 (1989); (+/-)-3-quinuclidinyl xanthene-9-carboxylate hemioxalate (QNX- hemioxalate; Birdsall et al., Trends in Pharmacol. Sci. 4:459 (1983); telenzepine dihydrochloride (Coruzzi et al., Arch. Int. Pharmacodvn. Ther. 302:232 (1989); and Kawashima et al., Gen. Pharmacol. 21 :17 (1990)) and atropine. The dosages of such muscarinic receptor antagonists will be generally subject to optimization as outlined below. In the case of lipid metabolism disorders, dosage optimization may be necessary independently of whether administration is timed by reference to the lipid metabolism responsiveness window or not.
In terms of regulating insulin and lipid metabolism and reducing the foregoing disorders, the subject formulations or supplements may also act synergistically with prolactin inhibitors such as d2 dopamine agonists (e.g. bromocriptine). Accordingly, the subject method may include the conjoint administration of such prolactin inhibitors as prolactin-inhibiting ergo alkaloids and prolactin-inhibiting dopamine agonists. Examples of suitable agents include 2-bromo-alpha-ergocriptine, 6-methyl-8 beta-carbobenzyloxyaminoethyl-10-alpha- ergoline, 8-acylaminoergolines, 6-methyl-8-alpha-(N-acyl)amino-9-ergoline, 6-methyl-8- alpha-(N-phenylacetyl)amino-9-ergoline, ergocomine, 9,10-dihydroergocomine, D-2-halo-6- alkyl-8-substituted ergolines, D-2-bromo-6-methyl-8-cyanomethylergoline, carbidopa, benserazide and other dopadecarboxylase inhibitors, L-dopa, dopamine and non toxic salts thereof. Methods of administering prolactin inhibitors have been devised to minimize the reduction in metabolic rate which may result from such therapy. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,866,584; 5,744,477.
A number of agents are presently under investigation as potential anti-diabetics in humans. Any of such agents may be used in the present invention for treatment and/or prevention of diabetes if they become available for therapeutic use.
Another category of anti-diabetic agents that is still undergoing safety and efficacy trials is inhibitors of carnitine palmitoyl-transferase I (CPT-I), such as etomoxir. Subject to its approval for human use, etomoxir and other like agents may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention. Etomoxir irreversibly inhibits carnitine palmitoyl-transferase I, which is necessary for fatty acid oxidation. Such inhibition may reducde fasting hyperglycemia, because products of fatty acid oxidation stimulate hepatic gluconeogenesis. Etomoxir may improve insulin sensitivity in Type 2 diabetics. Hubinger et al., Hormone
Metab. Res. 24:1 15-18 (1992). Although early CPT-I inhibitors caused cardiac hypertrophy in animals, newer inhibitors such as etomoxir may show less cardiotoxicity.
Another class of anti-diabetic agents that, subject to the necessary regulatory approval(s), may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention, are amylin compounds. Amylin is a 37 amino acid polypeptide synthesized and secreted along with insulin from beta cells. Early studies indicate that such compounds reduce post-prandial increases in serum glucose.
Still other anti-diabetic agents that may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention are dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors and glucagon-like polypeptides (I) (glp I), (glp2), or other diabetogenic peptide hormones. Finally, in certain embodiments of the present invention, insulin itself may be an anti-diabetic agent, although in certain other embodiments, insulin is not included in the inventive compositions. 3.3 Pharmacogenetics
In another aspect, embodiments of the present invention are directed to diagnostic and prognostic methods for determining whether a subject is at risk for developing diabetes, and in particular, Type 2 diabetes. Knowledge of a predisposition to developing impaired glucose metabolism allows for customization of a therapy or treatment regimen to an individual's genetic profile, which is aim of pharmacogenomics. The comparison of an individual's profile to the population profile for the disease permits the selection or design of supplements that are expected to be safe and efficacious for a particular patient or patient population (i.e., a group of patients having the same genetic alteration). In particular, genetic screening would allow individuals that may be susceptible to diabetes to be identified readily, whereupon treatment with supplements of the present invention may be used to treat and/or prevent any disorders or conditions related to diabetes before onset of clinical symptoms. In addition, administration of a supplement of the present invention, with respect to both the effective dose and the timing of administration, may be optimized for different genetic populations.
Family studies point to a major genetic component in diabetes. Newman, et al., Diabetologia 30:763-68 (1987); Kobberling, Diabetologia 7:46-49 (1971); Cook, Diabetologia 37:1231-40 (1994). The disease is believed to be polygenic in nature. Permutt et al., Recent Progress in Hormone Research 53:201-16 (1998). A number of genotypes have been associated with different forms of diabetes.
Mutations in human HNF genes may result in Type 2 diabetes. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,795,726; 5,800,998. For instance, genetic lesions that may cause or contribute to diabetes include alterations affecting the integrity of a gene encoding an HNFl and/or 4 protein, or the mis- expression of the HNFl and/or 4 gene. A large number of assay techniques for detecting lesions in an HNFl and/or 4 gene are described in the two above-referenced patents. Many of these assay techniques involve amplification of nucleic acids, often by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or related techniques. Others use antibodies directed against wild type or mutant HNFl and/or 4 proteins. The assay methods described therein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described therein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving an HNFl and or 4 gene.
In another report, genetic mutations in mitochondrial genes were observed to segregate with late onset diabetes. U.S. Patent No. 5,840,493. Mutations in two genes, mitochondrial ATP synthase gene and mitochondrial tRNA lysine gene, were reported to correlate with the presence or risk of Type 2 diabetes. In another report, a non-conservative missense mutation in the β-3-adrenergic receptor is associated with susceptibility to, and development of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. U.S. Patent No. 5,766,851. The responsible mutation is at codon 64. The present invention contemplates screening for mutations or genetic lesions in these genes to identify individuals that might benefit from administration of the subject supplements before the on-set of Type 2 diabetes and thereafter.
In addition, the genetic basis of a few rare monogenic syndromes of Type 2 diabetes have been elucidated. Linkage to diabetes was observed to rare early-onset forms of Type 2 diabetes that is associated with chronic hyperglycemia and monogenic inheritance (MODY loci). Bell et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:1484-88 (1991); Froguel et al., Nature 356:162-64 (1992); Hattersley et al. Lancet 339:1307-10 (1992); Vaxillaire et al., Nature Genet. 9:418-23 (1995). The defects in the glucokinase (GCK) gene on human chromosome 7 have been found to be responsible for the relatively rare MODY2 phenotype. Froguel et al., supra.
The genes responsible for MODYl and MODY3 have not as yet been identified. However, linkage studies have shown that MODYl is tightly linked to the adenosine deaminase gene (ADA) on human chromosome 20q. Bell et al., supra: Cox et al., Diabetes 41:401-07 (1992); Bowden et al., Diabetes 41 :88-92 (1992). In addition, the MODYl locus has been refined to a 13 centimorgan interval (about 7 Mb) on chromosome 20 in bands ql 1.2- ql3.1. Rothschild et al., Genomics 13:560-64 (1992). Linkage studies have shown that the gene responsible for MODY3 is contained within a 7 centimorgan interval bracketed by D12586 and D125342 on human chromosome 12q. Vaxillaire et al., Nature Genetics 9:418-23 (1995). The MODY3 gene was not found to be implicated in late-onset Type 2 diabetes. Lesage et al. Diabetes 44:1243-47 (1995).
Another locus has been identified for a rare early-onset form with mitochondrial inheritance. Van den Ouwenland et al., Nature Genet. 1 :368-71 (1992). In addition, Harris et al. identified a locus of NIDDM 1 on chromosome 2 that appears to play a role in Mexican American diabetes. Harris et al.. Nature Genet. 13:161-66 (19961 Further, Mahtani et al. report evidence of the existence of a gene on human chromosome 12, NTDDM2, that causes Type 2 diabetes associated with low insulin secretion. Mahtani et al, Nature Genetics 14:90- 94 (1996). Mahtani et al. suggest that NIDDM2 and MODY3 represent different alleles of the same gene with severe mutations causing MODY3 and milder mutations giving rise to later- onset Type 2 diabetes characterized by low insulin secretion.
Other reports indicate that diabetes-causing genes may be specific to individual ethnic groups. As a result, the present invention contemplates preparing kits containing the proper materials and supplies for the appropriate genetic testing of discrete subpopulations, along with, in certain embodiments, the treatment and prevention regimens disclosed herein. For example, in the Oji-Cree people of Northern Ontario, who have the world's third highest prevalence of Type 2 diabetes, diabetic adults have a high frequency of a mutation, G319S, which affects the structure of HNF-lα. As additional genetic lesions that may cause or contribute to diabetes are reported or discovered, the present invention contemplates using them as diagnostic or prognostic indicators for susceptibility to diabetes, especially Type 2 diabetes. The supplements of the present invention may be used preventively to ameliorate conditions in individuals displaying a genetic profile with an increased risk for diabetes. In yet another means of screening for diabetes, the levels of expression at the mRNA of human insulin receptors A and B (HIR-A and HIR-B, respectively), have been associated with Type 2 diabetes or a genetic predisposition to Type 2 diabetes. U.S. Patent No. 5,719,022. A ratio of 1 : 1 : in the two mRNA levels is indicative of Type 2 diabetes or a susceptibility to Type 2 diabetes.
3.4 Dosage and Assays of Compositions, Edible Solids, or Components Thereof
The dosage of any supplement, or any component thereof, of the present invention will vary depending on the symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated or prevented, the route of administration, and the form of the supplement. Possible dosage ranges and particular dosages have been presented above in discussing different components that may be present in any supplement or composition of the present invention. Any of the subject formulations may be administered in a single dose or in divided doses. Dosages of the components, including anti-diabetic agents and minerals of the subject compositions, may be taken simultaneously, substantially simultaneously, at different times, or at substantially different times. Dosages for many of the vitamins, minerals, anti- diabetic agents and other components discussed herein are known in the art. Dosages for the subject compositions, and components thereof, may be readily determined by techniques known to those of skill in the art or as taught herein. An effective dose or amount, and any possible affects on the timing of administration of the formulation, may need to be identified for any particular supplement, or component thereof, of the present invention. This may be accomplished by routine experiment as described herein, using one or more groups of animals (preferably at least 5 animals per group), or in human trials if appropriate. The effectiveness of any supplement and method of treatment or prevention may be assessed by administering the supplement and assessing the effect of the administration by measuring one or more indices associated with glucose metabolism, and comparing the post-treatment values of these indices to the values of the same indices prior to treatment. The precise time of administration and/or amount of any particular supplement that will yield the most effective treatment in a given patient will depend upon the activity, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailability of a particular compound, physiological condition of the patient (including age, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), route of administration, etc. The guidelines presented herein may be used to optimize the treatment, e.g., determining the optimum time and/or amount of administration, which will require no more than routine experimentation consisting of monitoring the subject and adjusting the dosage and/or timing.
While the subject is being treated, glucose metabolism may be monitored by measuring one or more of the relevant indices at predetermined times during a 24-hour period. Treatment, including supplement, amounts, times of administration and formulation, may be optimized according to the results of such monitoring. The patient may be periodically reevaluated to determine the extent of improvement by measuring the same parameters, the first such reevaluation typically occurring at the end of four weeks from the onset of therapy, and subsequent reevaluations occurring every four to eight weeks during therapy and then every three months thereafter. Therapy may continue for several months or even years, with a minimum of three months being a typical length of therapy for humans.
Adjustments to the amount(s) of agent(s), drug(s), or supplement(s) administered and possibly to the time of administration may be made based on these reevaluations. For example, if after four weeks of treatment one of the metabolic indices has not improved but at least one other has, the dose of different components of the formulation might be increased by, for example, one- third. For example, if blood glucose levels have not decreased sufficiently after a period of treatment by a formulation of the present invention, then the dosages of chromium and vanadium-containing complexes may be increased, or alternatively other complexes may be used, whereas the dose of aspirin would not necessarily need to be adjusted.
Treatment may be initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage may be increased by small increments until the optimum therapeutic effect is attained.
The combined use of several or components in any supplement of the present invention may reduce the required dosage for any individual component because the onset and duration of effect of the different components may be complimentary. In such combined therapy, the different components may be delivered together or separately, and simultaneously or at different times within the day. Often, the different components may be administered substantially simultaneously, or alternatively as a composition or formulation containing both components. For example, it is known that vitamin C may regenerate and spare vitamin E, so any formulation having both of these compounds may provide complimentary protection against oxidative stress. For assaying different supplements, or components thereof, and different treatment regimens, a variety of indices may need to be measured. For example, in an oral glucose tolerance test, a patient's physiological response to a glucose load or challenge is evaluated. After ingesting the glucose, the patient's physiological response to the glucose challenge is evaluated. Generally, this is accomplished by determining the patient's blood glucose levels (the concentration of glucose in the patient's plasma, serum, or whole blood) at several predetermined points in time. Guyton, Textbook of Medical Physiology 855-67 (8th ed. 1991). Another related method is the hyperinsulinemic-euglycemic clamp.
Blood glucose measurements may be made by any number of methods. The timing of any blood glucose test may be material, and the present invention contemplates determining the fasting blood glucose level and especially the post-prandial blood glucose level. In general, the desirable fasting glucose level (or pre-prandial) is 80 to 120 mg/dL, and a non- diabetic has a pre-prandial glucose level of less than 110 mg/dl. The desirable post-prandial level (or bedtime glucose level) is 100 to 140 mg/dL, and a non-diabetic has a bedtime glucose level of less than 120 mg/dl. Under the American Diabetes Clinical Practice Recommendations, additional action is recommended if the fasting blood glucose level is greater than 140 mg/dl or the post-prandial glucose level is greater than 160 mg/dl. For older patients, or those with related complications, different treatment goals may be appropriate. Some measurement methods for glucose employ invasive techniques, which require taking a blood sample from the subject. Many invasive glucose sensors are based on electrochemical methods such as the electroenzymatic method. Three enzymes are often used: glucose oxidase, hexokinase and glucose dehydrogenase. For example, blood glucose is oxidized by glucose-oxidase to produce gluconic acid and hydrogen peroxide. Glucose concentrations may be determined by measuring oxygen consumed or hydrogen peroxide produced (amperometric method), or by measuring gluconic acid produced (potentiometric method).
Alternatively, it may be possible to determine blood glucose levels by using non- invasive methods. Non-invasive technologies that have been used or proposed for measuring glucose levels in tissue include: near-IR transmission and reflectance, Near-IR Kromoscopy, spatially resolved diffuse reflectance, polarimetry measurements, raman measurements, and PA measurements. In another example, it is possible to monitor a patient's blood glucose levels and insulin levels by monitoring ECG changes upon glucose uptake. This method does not work for Type 1 diabetic patients, however, because they lack the necessary pancreatic insulin response. In another method, blood glucose levels may be measured by irradiating blood vessels in the retina of the eye. Finally, other spectroscopic methods have been proposed and are known to those of skill in the art.
Another clinical index for glucose metabolism is glycosylated hemoglobin A. Human adult hemoglobin (Hb) typically consists of HbA, HbA2, and HbF. These forms of hemoglobin differ by virtue of their primary structure (i.e., amino acid sequence). Normally, HbA constitutes about 97% of the total hemoglobin present, HbA2 constitutes about 2.5% of the total, and HbF, also known as fetal hemoglobin, only about 0.5%.
Chromatographic analysis of HbA has shown that it contains a number of minor hemoglobin species. These minor species have been designated HbAla, HbAlb, and HbAlc. These species are referred to as glycosylated hemoglobins or glycohemoglobins, and are formed by condensation of the amino group of the hemoglobin with a keto moiety of a sugar. For HbAlc, the sugar is glucose, and the glycosylated hemoglobin is formed by the condensation of the N-terminal valine amino acid of each β-chain of hemoglobin with glucose to form an unstable Schiff base or aldimine (also known as pre-Alc), which then undergoes an Amadori rearrangement to form a stable ketoamine. Methods have been developed to distinguish between the stable and labile forms of HbAlc so as to provide more accurate measurements of the stable HbAlc. The formation of glycosylated hemoglobins is non-enzymatic and occurs over the lifespan of the red cell, which is about 120 days under normal conditions. The amount of HbAlc is proportional to the concentration of glucose in the blood, and is therefore related to time-averaged glucose concentration over the period prior to the measurement, which is approximately two to three months. HbAlc values may be used to assess diabetic control, in which short-term fluctuations in plasma glucose levels do not affect the measurement. In general, the desirable HbAlc level is less than 7%, and less than 6% in a non-diabetic. Under the American Diabetes Clinical Practice Recommendations, additional action is recommended if a patient's HbAlc level exceeds 8%. VHA guidelines recommend measuring HbAlc levels at least once annually.
Measurement of glycosylated hemoglobins may augment other traditional methods of assessing control of glucose metabolism. For example, measurement of glycosylated hemoglobins may be used when urine glucose records are inadequate, when blood glucose levels vary markedly throughout the day or from day to day, and for a new patient with known or suspected diabetes in whom there is no previous record of blood glucose concentration. A particular application for monitoring glycosylated hemoglobins is during pregnancy, when close control of diabetes is especially important.
There are a number of currently available methods for determining levels of glycosylated hemoglobins, including ion exchange chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography, affinity chromatography, colorimetry, radioimmunoassay, electrophoresis, and isoelectric focusing. Ion exchange chromatography may be conducted using resins containing weakly acidic cation exchanges or negatively charged carboxymethylcellulose resin. High performance liquid chromatography provides a reliable reference method.
Affinity chromatography may be used to separate non-glycosylated hemoglobin from glycosylated hemoglobin. A suitable affinity column is prepared having immobilized m- aminophenylboronic acid. The boronic acid reacts with the cis-diol groups of glucose bound to hemoglobin to form a reversible 5-membered ring complex, thus selectively binding the glycosylated hemoglobin to the affinity column. Sorbitol disassociates glycosylated hemoglobin from the column. For example, glycosylated hemoglobin may be measured by a modification of the method of Clegg and Schroeder, Clegg et al., J. Lab Clin. Med. 102:577- 89 (1983).
A calorimetric method has been devised based on the observation that HbAlc, when subject to mild acid hydrolysis, releases 5-hydroxymethylfurfural (5-HMF). Another _,„„„, PCT/USOO
WO 00/57721
spectrophotometric method involves the reaction of inositol hexaphosphate (phytic acid) with hemoglobin. Absorbance increases at 633 nm and decreases at 560 nm. upon phytic acid binding to the N-terminal amino groups of the β-chains. This change only occurs for Hb A that is unglycosylated, so the change in absorbance induced by phytic acid is thus inversely proportional to the fraction of glycosylated hemoglobin.
Antibody directed against HbAlc may be prepared and used as the basis for a radioimmunoassay. Isoelectric focusing has also been used as a method of quantitating HbAlc. In another method, capillary electrophoresis may be used, usually in conjunction with an antibody directed against HbAlc. Kits for measuring glycosylated hemoglobin are known in the art, and contemplated by the present invention.
Fasting glucose levels may be measured by finger stick glucometer readings. Samples of apolipoproteins may be analyzed on a protein analyzer using proper standardization techniques. Other indices may be measured by techniques known to those of skill in the art. Animal-based studies may be conducted on different supplements, or components thereof, of the present invention as necessary to determine combinations of the different components that produce the greatest therapeutic effect. For example, in rats the diabetic state may be induced by injecting streptozoticin (STZ) at an appropriate dose, for example 60 mg/kg dissolved in 0.9% NaCl IC via the tail vein upon anaesthetization. The diabetic state may be confirmed at a later time, whereupon assaying of different supplements may begin thereafter. Alternatively, insulin resistant spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) made be used, with the genetic control being the Wistar Kyoto (WKY) strain. Alternatively, the Zucker diabetic fatty rat (ZDF) a model of spontaneous NIDDM, may be used, with the Zucker lean control (ZLC) rats as controls. In addition, transgenic mouse models may be useful in the present invention.
Alternatively, the db/db mouse, a genetically obese and diabetic strain of mouse, may be used in animal studies. The db/db mouse develops hyperglycemia and hyperinsulinemia concomitant with its development of obesity and thus serves as a model of obese Type 2 diabetes. The db/db mice may purchased from, for example, the Jackson Laboratories (Bar Harbor, Me.). In an exemplary embodiment, for treatment of mice with a regimen including a formulation of the present invention or control, sub-orbital sinus blood samples may be taken before and at some time after dosing of each animal. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of supplements, or components thereof, may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it may be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED5o. Compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. Although supplements that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets the component(s) of any supplement responsible for any toxic effects to the desired site in order to reduce side effects. The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies may be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of any supplement, or alternatively of any components therein, lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any supplement or components thereof of the present invention, the therapeutically effective dose may be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information may be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
3.5 Formulations of Supplements, or Components Thereof
The compositions and supplements of the present invention may be administered in various forms, depending on the disorder or condition to be treated and the age, condition and body weight of the patient, as is well known in the art. It will also be appreciated that each of the different components may be administered individually, or alternatively each may be formulated into one medicament for administration to the patient. In certain embodiments, each of the different components and other agents is formulated as a tablet, capsule, or other appropriate ingestible formulation as discussed in more detail below, to provide a therapeutic dose in ten tablets or fewer. In other embodiments, a therapeutic dose is provided in five tablets or fewer, and in still other embodiments, a therapeutic dose is provided in three tablets or fewer. For any of the modalities presented herein, different components or other agents of any subject supplement may be administered by different methods as necessary for effective delivery of the component, or as otherwise necessary for convenience. For example, where the formulation is to be administered orally, it may be formulated as tablets, capsules, granules, powders or syrups. Alternatively, formulations of the present invention may be administered parenterally as injections (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), drop infusion preparations, or suppositories. For application by the ophthalmic mucous membrane route, they may be formulated as eyedrops or eye ointments. These formulations may be prepared by conventional means, and, if desired, the active ingredient may be mixed with any conventional additive, such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent.
In formulations of the subject supplements and compositions, wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants may be present in the supplements.
Formulations useful in the methods of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, aerosol and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of supplement or components thereof which may be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the subject being treated, and the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient which may be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount may range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, particularly from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, especially from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a supplement or components thereof with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a supplement or components thereof with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia), each containing a predetermined amount of a supplement or components thereof as an active ingredient. A supplement or components thereof may also be administered as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
In solid dosage forms for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the supplement or components thereof is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absoφtion accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, acetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmefhyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface- active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the supplement or components thereof moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art.
Tablets and other solid dosage forms may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmefhyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incoφorating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which may be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which may be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient may also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the supplement or component, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, com, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions may also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the supplement or components thereof, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof. Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more component with one or more suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate. Dosage forms for transdermal administration of a supplement or component includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required. For transdermal administration of transition metal complexes, the complexes may include lipophilic and hydrophilic groups to achieve the desired water solubility and transport properties.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to a supplement or components thereof, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays may contain, in addition to a supplement or components thereof, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays may additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Components of the supplement may alternatively be administered by aerosol. For example, insulin deliver by aerosol has been proposed. U.S. Patent No. 5,813,397. This is accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the compound. A non-aqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers are preferred because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which may result in degradation of the compound.
Ordinarily, an aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include non-ionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions. Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a component of a supplement to the body. Such dosage forms may be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium. Absoφtion enhancers may also be used to increase the flux of the component across the skin. The rate of such flux may be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the component in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more components of a supplement in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These formulations may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absoφtion of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absoφtion such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin. In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a component of a supplement, it is desirable to slow the absoφtion of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amoφhous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absoφtion of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absoφtion of a parenterally-administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of components of a supplement in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of component to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of component release may be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the component in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
3.6 Edible Solids Containing Compositions, and Methods of Using the Same In addition to those formulations presented above, the compositions and supplements of the present invention, or components thereof, may be provided to patients as edible solids or beverages. In addition to the teachings concerning formulations in general, such solid and or beverage modalities may require a variety of specific ingredients to make them more appetizing. Dosages may also vary because of the modality, as described herein. Finished nutritional solid food products, beverages (liquids, powders, and concentrates), and caloric sources having agents that are inoperable because of chemical or other properties of such beverages and caloric sources are generally not considered essential to the practice of the invention.
Any such beverages and food items may have dosages of any of the components thereof that differ from the dosage for any other form of modality. For example, for the bioavailable source of chromium, typical beverage dosages of elemental chromium may be about 4 meg to about 40 meg per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 7 meg to about 25 meg per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage). Typically, beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.2 meg to about 10 meg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 1 meg to about 8 meg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Such amounts of chromium may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the beverage includes a vanadium source in the beverage at an effective amount as described herein.
For the chromium-containing component, solid food item (e.g. bars) dosages of elemental chromium may typically be about 2 meg to about 50 meg per gm of solid, and preferably about 5 meg to about 30 meg per gm of solid. Typically, solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.2 meg to about 10 meg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 1 meg to about 8 meg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the solid food item includes a vanadium source in the solid food item at an effective amount as described herein.
For the vanadium-containing component or components of embodiments of the present invention, beverage dosages typically may be about 0.03 mg to about 10 mg of elemental vanadium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 0.2 mg to about 5 mg of vanadium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage). Typically, beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg of vanadium per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the beverage includes a chromium source in the beverage at an effective amount as described herein. In solid food item (e.g. bars), the typical dosages for the vanadium-containing components may be about 0.5 meg to about 50 mg of elemental vanadium per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.01 mg to about 15 mg of elemental vanadium per gm of solid. Typically, solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.05 meg to about 10 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg of vanadium per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the solid food item includes a chromium source in the solid food item at an effective amount as described herein. For the magnesium-containing component or components of embodiments of the present invention, beverage dosages typically may be about 0.5 mg to about 20 mg of elemental magnesium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 1 mg to about 12 mg of magnesium per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage). Typically, beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.05 mg to about 10 mg of magnesium per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
In solid food item (e.g. bars), the typical dosages for the magnesium-containing components may be about 0.2 mg to about 15 mg elemental magnesium per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.75 mg to about 12 mg of elemental magnesium per gm of solid. Typically, solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.03 mg to about 10 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg of magnesium per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Generally, in the case of magnesium, it is preferred to use less than the dosages indicated herein when used in conjunction with either chromium, vanadium, or both. For the aspirin component of certain embodiments of the present invention, beverage dosages typically may be about 0.4 mg to about 18 mg of aspirin, or its equivalent, per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage), and preferably about 1 mg to about 16 mg of aspirin per deciliter of liquid (or powder and/or concentrate necessary to make the equivalent amount of beverage). Typically, beverages containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.02 mg to about 10 mg of aspirin per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the beverage is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage.
In solid food item (e.g. bars), the typical dosages for aspirin or its equivalent may be about 0.1 mg to about 25 mg aspirin per gm of solid, and preferably about 0.3 mg to about 5 mg of aspirin per gm of solid. Typically, solid food items containing caloric sources may have dosages about 0.01 mg to about 20 mg per kilocalorie, and preferably about 0.1 mg to about 12 mg of aspirin per kilocalorie. Amounts may generally be about 20 to 40 percent lower if the caloric source in the solid food item is lipid, fat or protein and contributes to more than about 50 percent of the total caloric source in the beverage. Generally, in the case of aspirin, it will not be preferred to use less than the dosages indicated herein when used in conjunction with either chromium, vanadium, or both.
The solid food products may take a variety of modalities in different embodiments of the present invention. Non-limiting examples of such embodiments include bars, cereals (both ready-to-eat ("RTE") and cooked varieties), beverages (liquids, powders, and concentrates), other examples described herein, and other modalities and forms known to those of skill in the art of food technology.
With respect to cereal formulations of the subject invention, a variety of forms and methods of manufacturing are know to those of skill in art. For example, dry cereals of the present invention may have coatings that contain components and other active agents described herein (as well as other ). Characteristics such as shelf life, crispness, bowl life and the like may be important to subject embodiments involving cereals. In certain embodiments, a cereal product is made up of a variety of pieces that are suitable for eating in a single mouthful. Cereals, and often the aforementioned pieces, take the form of flakes, squares, circles, biscuits, ring and the like. Often, cereals require the addition of liquid such as milk before consumption, although cereals may be eaten dry or may be intended to be snack food and not require any addition of liquid.
The present invention also contemplates processing of any edible solids or beverages in a fashion that any agent intended to have a therapeutic effect incoφorated in such solid retains sufficient efficacy to achieve the desired therapeutic effect. Inclusion of certain components and other agents in edible solids and beverages may require special care in preparation and processing because of the identity of those components or other agents. In certain cases, additives may be added to ensure that any bioavailable form of a mineral or other agent is not converted into a form that is not bioavailable by oxidation, reduction or otherwise so as to render the mineral or other agent therapeutically inefficacious in the dosage incoφorated. Anti-oxidants are one such example.
In addition to allowing for a variety of dosages of the components of any of the subject compositions, the present invention also contemplates using any number of ingredients or components in the subject beverages, beverage concentrates, and food items. Some of such ingredients and other features of the present invention are set forth below, and these and others are well-known to those of skill in the art. For example, a number of such ingredients and other features, and their uses in beverages and food items, are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,851,578; 5,756,719; 5,871,798; 5,869,119; 5,104,677; 5,817,351; 5,770,217; 4,988,530; 5,641,531 ; 5,894,027; 5,876,779; 6,020,010; 5,863,583; 5,846,590; 5,709,902; 5,510,130; 5,464,644; 5,176,936; 4,619,831; and 5,545,414.
As a general introduction, a variety of ingredients known to those of skill in the art may be incoφorated in any subject formulations. There are a variety of methods for quantifying ingredients in any of the subject formulations. For example, the amount of certain ingredients in solid formulations such as edible solids, cereals, and beverage concentrates may be set forth on a dry weight basis, as a ratio to the total weight of the solid or composition or subcategory, or as ratio based on the calories associated with any ingredient.
For example, the present invention contemplates the use of acidulants. Acids are commonly used in food and beverages to impart specific tart or sour tastes and to function as preservatives.
In certain embodiments, the beverages and edible foods may contain dietary fiber. Dietary fiber is defined as plant material resistant to hydrolysis by enzymes of the mammalian digestive tract. There are two general categories of dietary fiber, soluble and insoluble, with different physical properties and different benefits, although the presence of either or both in the diet beneficially affects health. In general, insoluble fibers, such as cellulose, hemicelluloses and lignin, do not provide as many of the health benefits as do soluble types. For example, bran, the most widely recognized fiber, has no beneficial effect on cholesterol levels while soluble dietary fibers have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing serum cholesterol levels in humans. Examples of soluble dietary fiber sources are gum arabic, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, guar gum, citrus pectin, low and high methoxy pectin, barley glucans and psyllium. Examples of insoluble dietary fiber sources are oat hull fiber, pea hull fiber, soy fiber, beet fiber, cellulose, and com bran. A variety of methods are known to those of skill in art for processing and incoφorating fiber into edible solids and beverages. A variety of sweetners, including artificial or natural ones, may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention. Artificial sweeteners that may be employed include aspartame, saccharin, acesulfame-K and the like. Natural sweeteners that may be employed include sucrose, fructose, high fructose com syrup, glucose, sugar alcohols, dextrose, maltodextrins, maltose, lactose, and the like but other carbohydrates can be used if less sweetness is desired. Mixtures of natural sweeteners, or artificial sweeteners, or natural and artificial sweeteners may also be used. The amount of the sweetener effective in any embodiment of the present invention depends upon the particular sweetener used and the sweetness intensity desired. The present invention contemplates using flavors in certain beverages and edible solids. Suitable flavors include synthetic flavor oils and flavoring aromatics and/or naturals oils, extracts from plants, leaves, flowers, fruits and so forth and combinations thereof. These may include cinnamon oil, oil of wintergreen, peppermint oils, clove oil, bay oil, anise oil, eucalyptus, thyme oil, cedar leave oil, oil of nutmeg, oil of sage, oil of bitter almonds and cassia oil. Also useful as flavors are vanilla, citrus oil, including lemon, orange, grape, lime and grapefruit, and fruit essences, including apple, pear, peach strawberry, raspberry, cherry, plum, pineapple, apricot, and so forth. The amount of flavoring may depend on a number of factors, including the organoleptic effect desired. Edible foods, and particularly beverages of the present invention, may contain natural juices obtained from a fruit, vegetable or related edible plant. Such juices may be used as sweeteners or flavor agents. Representative juices which can be utilized in certain embodiments of the present invention include lemon, lime, grapefruit, orange, tomato, pineapple, apple, grape, cranberry, peach, pear, cherry, legumes, celery, carrot and the like. Alternatively, juice concentrates may be used. The degree of sweetness imparted by such juices or other sweeteners in any beverage may be measured by the brix value, which is defined as the percent of soluble solids primarily made up of natural sugars.
The beverages and edible solids of the present invention may include a carbohydrate source. The carbohydrate source(s) may be from any carbohydrate source appropriate for use in nutritional solids and beverages. The carbohydrate of the formulation may be any nutritionally acceptable carbohydrate source or blend of carbohydrate sources providing the desired amount of calories. Carbohydrate sources may consist of complex or simple carbohydrates. Suitable carbohydrate sources include sucrose, glucose, fructose, com syrup solids and maltodextrin. Other embodiments of beverages and edible foods may contain pectin, which is a general term referring to a variety of polymers composed mainly of (1-4) alpha-D-galacturonic acid units that are found in the lamella of plant cells. One difference between varieties of pectins is their degree of methyl esterification, which decreases somewhat as plant ripening takes place. Protopectin is the form of pectin found in the flesh of immature fruits and vegetables. It is highly esterified with methanol, is insoluble in water, and produces the hard texture of unripe fruits and vegetables. Pectinic acids are less highly methylated forms of pectin and are derived from protopectin by the action of pectic enzymes. Depending on the degree of esterification and degree of methylation, pectinic acids may be colloidal or water soluble.
A variety of different gums, such as xanthan gum, and mixtures of two or more gums may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention. Gum tragacanth is the dried, gummy exudation obtained from Astragalus gummifer or other Asiatic species of Astralagus. Tragacanth swells rapidly in either cold or hot water to a viscous colloidal sol or semi-gel. The molecular weight of the gum is on the order of 840,000 and the molecules are elongated (4500 A by 19 A) which accounts for its high viscosity. Tragacanth gum is compatible with other plant hydrocolloids as well as carbohydrates, most proteins, and fats. Viscosity is most stable at pH 4 to 8 with a very good stability down to pH 2. Xanthan gum is an exocellular heteropolysaccharide produced by a distinct fermentation process. The bacterium xanthomonas campestris generates the gum on specific organelles at the cell surface by a complex enzymatic process. The molecular weight for xanthan gum is about two million. Gum arabic, also known as gum acacia, is the dried, gummy exudate from the stems or branches of Acacia Senegal or of related species of Acacia. The most unusual property of gum arabic among the natural gums is its extreme and true solubility in cold or hot water. High quality types of this gum form colorless, tasteless solutions.
The food stuffs of the present invention may contain coloring agents, including, for example, titanium dioxide, dyes suitable for food such as those known as F.D. & C. dyes, and natural coloring agents such as grape skin extract, beet red powder, beta-carotene, annato, carmine, tumeric, and paprika. The amount of coloring used may range from about 0.0%> to about 3.5%o or more dry weight of the total composition.
In certain embodiments, beverages may be carbonated using conventional technology to produce a beverage having a distinctive flavor. The amount of carbon dioxide in a beverage according to the present invention depends upon the particular flavor system used and the amount of carbonation desired. Certain embodiments of the present invention may contain from less than about 1.0 to more than about 4.5 volumes of carbon dioxide. Carbonated beverages of the present invention may be prepared by standard beverage formulation techniques.
In certain embodiments, edible solids may contain adjuvants or excipients for providing bulk and bindability to the components of such solids. Many such adjuvants are set forth above. Beverages of the present invention may include a soy lecithin for use as an emulsifier and processing aid to improve flow properties.
The final pH of any beverage of the present invention may be important to the taste and, and it may therefore be necessary to adjust the pH of certain embodiments of the present invention by addition of food grade sources of acid, such as HCl, malic acid, citric acid, phosphoric acid; or mixtures thereof, or food grade sources of base. A mixture of these acids may provide the best balance of flavor, clarity and texture (mouth feel) in a beverage. An additional aspect of the present invention relates to the beverage's texture. It has been determined that to achieve the goals of thin texture and good mouth feel the viscosity of the product may need to be less than 15 centipoise as determined by a Brookfield viscometer at 72.degree. (22. degree. C.) using a number one spindle at 60 RPM.
Certain embodiments of beverages and edible solids of the present invention may be evaluated by organoleptic testing. Different embodiments of the present invention may be evaluated for Fullness, Balance, Sweet, Sour and Aftertaste by a panel of individuals trained in sensory evaluation. Balance is a measure of the degree of blend or the balance of the character notes in the beverage. Balance is affected by the intensities of the character notes as well as the order of appearance of the notes. It is rated on a scale of one (unblended) to seven (blended). Fullness refers to the fullness and body of flavor or the degree of complexity. It is rated on a scale of one (thin) to seven (full). Sweet is a measure of the level of sweet basic taste. The reference standard for sweet intensity, measured on a scale from one to seven, is sucrose solutions of 5% for slight (3), 10% for moderate (5), and 15%> for strong (7). Sour is a measure of the level of sour basic taste. The reference standard for sour intensity, measured on a scale from one to seven, is citric acid solutions of 0.05% for slight (3), 0.10%> for moderate (5), and 0.20% for strong (7). Aftertaste is a measure of all sensations remaining one minute after swallowing. This is measured on a scale of one (none) to seven (strong). This includes basic tastes, feeling factors, and aromatics. Of all the profiles, Balance is the most important and is generally regarded as the most pertinent measure of a beverage's consumer acceptance. In other embodiments, the subject supplements and compositions comprise a part of a medical food, which is a specially formulated composition of essential nutrients and other special dietary requirements to be consumed or administered under medical supervision in the treatment or management of patients displaying a metabolic disorder such as diabetes. Medical foods are defined under the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act as "a food that is formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician and which is intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition for which distinctive nutritional requirements, based on recognized scientific principles, are established by medical evaluation." 21 U.S.C. § 360ee(b)(3); see also 61 Fed. Reg. 60,661 (1996). Three critical elements that define a medical food include: (1) that the medical food be intended to meet distinctive nutritional requirements of a disease or condition; (2) that the medical food be formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician; and (3) that the medical food be intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition. Certain embodiments of the present invention satisfy these requirements for a variety of diseases or conditions, including diabetes and IGT.
Medical food may be an exclusive or a supplemental source of nutrition for patients with limited or impaired capacity to ingest, digest, absorb, or metabolize ordinary foods or certain nutrients contained therein. Medical foods may be fed by means of oral intake or by enteric feeding via tube infusion; that is, medical foods provide nutrition via the gastrointestinal tract, by mouth, or through a tube or catheter that delivers nutrients beyond the oral cavity to the stomach or small intestine.
The medical-food category is divided into five sub-classifications: nutritional-complete formulas, which are intended to provide all nutrients necessary for sustaining life viability; modular formulas, which are intended as prepared diets for mitigation or management of a disease; special products for inborn errors of metabolism; oral rehydration solutions; and very low-calorie diets (less than 400 kcal/d). Different embodiments of the present invention may be used in any of these subcategories of medical foods.
In another aspect of the present invention, certain embodiments of the present invention comprise a food for special dietary use, another category of food defined by federal statute. A special dietary use is a particular use for which a food puφorts or is represented to be used, including (1) supplying a special dietary need that exists by reason of a physical, physiological, pathological, or other condition, including but not limited to the condition of disease, convalescence, pregnancy, lactation, infancy, allergic hypersensitivity to food, underweight, overweight, or the need to control intake of sodium; (2) supplying a vitamin, mineral, or other ingredient for use by man to supplement his diet by increasing the total dietary intake; and (3) supplying a special delivery need by reason of being a food for use as the sole item of the diet. 21 U.S.C. § 350(c)(3).
The beverages and edible foods of the present invention may be packaged in accordance with materials and methods used in the packaging art. Exemplification
The present invention now being generally described, it may be more readily understood by reference to the following examples which are included merely for puφoses of illustration of certain aspects and embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the invention.
Example One
One example of an embodiment of the present invention constitutes a packet containing 4 tablets: Three tablets contain chromium picolinate, vanadyl sulfate hydrate, vitamin E natural, standardized willow bark (aspirin), folic acid, alpha-lipoic acid and a multivitamin/mineral formula; and,
One tablet contains magnesium chloride.
Specifically, each dose of this embodiment in this Example One contains the following (component, and amount): Chromium (as chromium picolinate) 333 meg, 1000 meg; Vanadyl sulfate hydrate, 100 mg; Vitamin E natural (free 2R, 4'R 8'R-alpha-tocopherol), 400 1.U.;
Magnesium chloride hexahydrate 384 mg; Folic acid (folate), 400 meg; Vitamin A 5000 I.U.;
Vitamin C, 60 mg; Vitamin K 34.00 meg; Thiamine, 3.00 mg; Riboflavin, 3.60 mg;
Niacinamide, 20.10 mg; Vitamin B-6, 23.10 mg; Vitamin B-12, 48.00 meg; Biotin, 300 meg; Pantothenic acid, 10.00 mg; Calcium, 150 mg; Phosphoms, 115.00 mg; Iodine, 150.00 meg;
Zinc, 15.00 mg; Selenium, 60.00 meg; Copper, 2.00 mg; Manganese, 11.00 Mg; Molybdenum,
75.00 meg. This embodiment also contains 160 mg standardized willow bark (aspirin 20 mg), a Chinese herb and a source of aspirin. In the examples described herein, chromium picolinate was obtained from Nutrition 21 or AMBI Inc., and chromium polynicotinate was obtained from InterHealth. The vanadium sulfate hydrate in this Example One was determined to contain about 20% elemental vanadium by weight, which corresponds to about five to six waters of hydration for every molecule of vanadyl sulfate.
Over twenty patients with both Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes using the present embodiment have reported a significant reduction in blood glucose levels, ranging from 30 mg/dl to as much as 115 mg/dl. These reductions have been noted within as little as two weeks from initiating the present system to as long as a seven to twelve week period. Patients have usually noted a 19 to 47%> drop in their baseline blood sugars following treatment with this embodiment, with the average response being an approximate 30% reduction. Likewise, the HbAlc levels have dropped on average a point after 3 months of use with this embodiment, with one patient reporting an 8 point drop from the pre-system HbAlc. Generally, most patients report a 15% reduction in baseline HbAlc after approximately three months of treatment. In addition to improved glucose metabolism, serum cholesterol have been reported to be reduced in patients ingesting this embodiment. Absolute reductions in serum cholesterol following the program have ranged from 20 to 67 mg/dl, representing an 1 1 to 27%> decrease from baseline levels.
Patients ingesting this subject composition have also reported a drop in blood pressure levels. The systolic drop in blood pressure has ranged from 20-30 mmHg, with a 10-22 mmHg drop in diastolic measurements. Overall, there has been an 8-12%o drop in blood pressure.
Many of the subjects have noted significant weight loss on this program. The absolute weight loss has ranged from 7-16 pounds, with an 8% loss of total body weight.
Example Two
In another example, a group of Type 2 diabetic individuals presenting with elevated HbAlc levels were placed on a study using another embodiment of the present invention. The study was conducted as an open-label study at several medical centers in the United States. The patients were on the program for three months, and were directed not to change their dietary habits or lifestyle, including exercise patterns. The patients were not taking any other medication (including anti-diabetic agents) for their diabetic condition.
For this Example Two, one daily dose of this embodiment contained (component and amount):
Vitamin A, 5000 IU; Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid), 60 mg; Vitamin D-3, 400 IU; Vitamin E, 400 IU; Thiamine (as Thiamine Mononitrate), 3 mg; Riboflavin, 3.6 mg;
Niacinamide, 20.1 mg; Vitamin B-6 (as Pyridoxine HCl), 23.1 mg; Folic Acid, 400 meg; Vitamin B-12, 48 meg; Biotin, 300 meg; Pantothenic Acid (as Calcium Pantothenate), 10 mg; Calcium (from Calcium Carbonate/Phosphate), 150 mg; Phosphorous (from Calcium Phosphate), 115 mg; Iodine (from Sea Kelp), 150 mg; Magnesium (elemental Magnesium from 307 mg Magnesium Complex of citrate/fumuarte/malate/gluturate/succinate/chloride), 46 mg; Zinc, 15 mg; Selenium (from Selenium Krebs), 60 meg; Manganese (from Manganese Sulfate), 11 mg; Chromium (from 3264 meg Chromium Picolinate/Polynicotinate Complex (50%/50%)), 333 meg; Vanadyl Sulfate hydrate, 100 mg; Willow (bark) (standardized willow/willow bark complex) (aspirin 20 mg), 160 mg. The same sources of chromium nicotinate, chromium polynicotinate and vanadium sulfate hydrate were used in this Example Two as were used in Example One. In this example, the daily dose was subdivided into four tablets.
Table 2: Results of Treatment Program:
Figure imgf000070_0001
The patients report, on average, a 2.11 drop in HbAlc levels.
Example Three
In conjunction with the study discussed in Example Two above, the effects of treatment with the embodiment from Example Two was determined on subjects taking one or more anti-diabetic agents. The results of that study (in addition to the results set forth in Example Two) are set forth in Tables 101 - 118 that follow:
Table 101
Demographics
Per Study Population
Age (Years)
MEAN, SD 61 12 MEDIAN 61 RANGE 26 81 N 81
No. patients:
Less than 40 years old 3 4% 40 to 64 44 54% Greater than 64 34 42% Total 81 100%
Ethnicity
Asian 5 6%
Black 3 4%
Caucasian 68 84%
Hispanic 5 6%
Native American 0 0%
Total 81 100%
Gender
Males 41 51%
Females 40 49%
Total 81 100%
Table 102
Diabetes History
Per Study Population
Disease Duration (years) MEAN, SD 6.9 6.0 MEDIAN 6.0 RANGE 0.0 24.0 N 81
No. patients:
Duration less than 3 years 19 23%
3 - 5 years 20 25%
6 - 9 years 18 22%
10 - 19 years 18 22%
20 years or Greater 6 7%
Total 81 100%
Type of Diabetes Type 1 0 0% Type 2 81 100% Total 100%
Currently Taking Anti-Diabetic Medications Yes 71 88% No 10 12% Total 81 100%
Any Complications from Diabetes Yes 21 26% No 60 7 % Total 81 100%
Table 103
Vital Signs
Per Study Population
Weight
Baseline MEAN, SD 201 49 MEDIAN 194 RANGE 116 350 N 74
Month 3
MEAN, SD 201 46 MEDIAN 194 RANGE 113 320 N 67
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD 0.4 7.1 MEDIAN 0.0 RANGE -26.0 16.0 N 67 -value for no change 0.625
Table 103
Vital Signs
Per Study Population
Blood Pressure - Systolic Baseline MEAN, SD 128 14 MEDIAN 126 RANGE 104 192 N 75
Month 3
MEAN, SD 129 13 MEDIAN 124 RANGE 110 186 N 71
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD 0.9 12.2 MEDIAN 0.0 RANGE -60.0 26.0 N 70 p-value for no change 0.541
Table 103
Vital Signs
Per Study Population
Blood Pressure Diastolic Baseline MEAN, SD 76 MEDIAN 75 RANGE 60 108 N 75
Month 3
MEAN, SD 76 MEDIAN 74 RANGE 60 110 N 71
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD 0.3 6.1 MEDIAN 0.0 RANGE -10.0 18.0 N 70 p-value for no change 0.640
Table 104
Anti-Diabetic Agents Taken Prior to and During Study
During 1 month Usage During
Anti-Diabetic Agents Prior to Baseline Study Insulin 19 23% 21 26% Sulfonylurea 48 59% 55 68% Metformin 37 46% 37 46%
Thiazolidinedione 6% 7%
Alpha Glucosidase 1% 1%
Total* 66 81% 71 88%
Total Number of Patients 81 100% 81 100%
Subjects Taking More than one Anti-Diabetic Agent Usaige During
Study
Insulin and Sulfonylurea only 7 9%
Metformin only 1 1%
More than 1 anti-diabetic agent** 6 7%
Sulfonylurea and Metformin only 22 27%
Thiazolidinedione only 1 1%
More than 1 anti-diabetic agent** 9 11%
* Number of unique patients who received at least one anti-diabetic agent. Since patients may be counted more than once, this total may not equal the column sum. ** Patients may be counted in both of these categories
Table 105
HbA1C Summary
Per Study Population
Observed Values (%) Baseline
MEAN, SD 8.9 1.8 MEDIAN 8.5 RANGE 5.7 16.6 N 81
No. pts. %
<7.0 7 9%
7.0-7.9 18 22%
8.0-9.9 42 52%
10 or greater 1 17%
81 100%
Month 3
MEAN, SD 7.2 1.1 MEDIAN 7.2 RANGE .8 10.2 N 81
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD -1.7 1.6 MEDIAN -1.4 RANGE -8.1 1.3 N 81
C.I. (95%) -2.1 -1.4 p-value (t-test)
Ha : u -■ 0.0 cO.001
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HbAlC by:
No. Percent
0.5 units or more 71 88% 1.0 units 52 64% 2.0 units 27 33% 3.0 units 13 16%
Table 106
HbAIC Summary
Subjects With Baseline HbAIC Values of 8.0% Or Higher
Per Study Population
Observed Values (%) Baseline MEAN, SD 9.6 1.7 MEDIAN 9.3 RANGE 8.0 16.6 N 56
Month 3
MEAN, SD 7.4 1.1 MEDIAN 7.6 RANGE 4.8 10.2 N 56
Change from Baseline to Month 3
^1 MEAN, SD -2.2 1.7
OΛ MEDIAN -1.8 RANGE -8.1 0.2 N 56
CI. (95%) -2.7 -1.8 p-value (t-test)
Ha : u > 0.0 <0.001
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HbAIC by: ϋo. Percent
0.5 units or more 52 93%
1.0 units 45 80%
2.0 units 27 48%
Figure imgf000078_0001
3.0 units 13 23%
Table 107
HbAIC Summary
Subjects Who Did Not Take Other Anti-Diabetic Agents Prior To Or During Study
Per Study Population
Observed Values (%) Baseline MEAN, SD 9.1 1.6 MEDIAN 8.6 RANGE 7.6 12.9 N 10
Month 3
MEAN, SD 7.1 1.2 MEDIAN 7.0 RANGE 5.7 9.6 N 10
Change from Baseline to Month 3
MEAN, SD -1.9 0.9
^1 MEDIAN -2.0
RANGE -3.3 -0.7
N 10
C.I. (95%) -2.6 -1.3 p-value (t-test)
Ha : u > 0.0 0.001
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HbAIC by:
No. Percent
0.5 units or more 10 100% 1.0 units 8 80% 2.0 units 5 50% 3.0 units 2 20%
Table 108
HbAIC Summary
By Age
Per Study Population
Age
Observed Values (%) p-value for
Baseline < 40 years 0-64 years > 64 years Age diff. MEAN, SD 9.9 2.9 8.9 1.8 8.8 1.7 0.597 MEDIAN 11.4 8.6 8.5 RANGE 6.6 11.8 6.8 16.6 5.7 13.3 N 3 44 34
Month 3
MEAN, SD 7.1 0.9 7.2 1.2 7.2 1.1 0.993 MEDIAN 7.5 7.2 7.2 RANGE 6.1 7.7 4.8 9.7 5.4 10.2 N 3 44 34
^1 Change from Baseline
00 to Month 3 MEAN, SD 2.8 2.0 -1.7 1.7 -1.7 1.6 0.496 MEDIAN 3.9 -1.3 -1.7 RANGE 4.1 -0.5 -8.1 1.3 -7.7 1.1 N 3 44 34
CI. (95%) -7.9 2.2 -2.2 -1.2 -2.2 -1.1
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HblAC by: NO. % No. % No. % 0.5 units or more 3 100% 40 91% 28 82 1.0 units 2 67% 28 64% 22 65 2.0 units 2 67% 12 27% 13 38 3.0 units 2 67% 7 16% 4 12
Table 109
HblAC Summary
By Condition Duration
Per Study Population
Condition Duration (years) p-value for
Observed Values (%) <3 yrs 3 - 5 6 - 9 10- 19 20 or more Duration Diff
Baseline
MEAN, SD 9.9 2. .0 8.8 2. .3 8.7 1. .5 8.2 1 .2 8.6 0.8 0.083
MEDIAN 9.7 8.4 8.7 8.0 8.5
RANGE 7.2 13. .7 5.7 16. .6 6.4 11. .7 6.7 11. .5 7.8 9.6
N 19 20 18 18 6
Month 3
MEAN , SD 6.9 1. .3 7.3 1. .1 7.5 0. .8 7.0 1 .2 7.0 1.4 0.537
MEDIAN 6.9 7.4 7.7 6.8 7.0
RANGE 4.8 9. .6 5.4 9. .7 5.8 8. .4 5.3 10 .2 5.6 9.1
N 19 20 18 18 6
Change from Baseiline to Month 3
MEAN, SD -3.0 2.2 -1.5 1.5 -1.2 1.3 -1.2 0.8 -1.6 1.6 0.004
MEDIAN -2.7 -1.3 -0.8 -1.4 -2.0
RANGE -8.1 0.7 -6.9 0.2 -4.3 1.1 -2.4 0.2 -3.2 1.3
N 19 20 18 18 6
CI. (95%) -4.0 -1.9 -2.2 -0.8 -1.9 -0.6 -1.6 -0.8 -3.3 0.1
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HblAC by: No. No. No. No. No. 0.5 units or more 18 95% 17 85% 16 89% 15 83% 5 83% 1.0 units 17 89% 12 60% 8 44% 11 61% 4 67% 2.0 units 12 63% 5 25% 4 22% 3 17% 3 50% 3.0 units 8 42% 2 10% 2 11% 0 0% 1 17%
Table 110 HblAC Summary By Concomitant Anti-Diabetic Agents Taken During Study Per Study Population
Anti-Diabetic Agents* Observed Values (%) , Baseline
Insulin Sulfony Metformin Thiazol Glucosidase
Insulin
MEAN, SD 8.2 1.1 8.6 1.7 9.0 na MEDIAN 8.0 8.5 9.0 RANGE 6.4 9.7 6.7 11.5 9.0 9.0 N 7 7 1 0
Sulfonylurea
MEAN, SD 9.1 2.2 8.3 1.3 9.0 na MEDIAN 9.1 7.8 9.0 RANGE 5.7 13.7 6.9 11.7 9.0 9.0 N 17 21 1
Metformin
CXI
O MEAN, SD 10.3 1.2 i MEDIAN 9.8
RANGE 8.9 11.9
N 8 0
Thiazolidinedione
MEAN, SD
MEDIAN
RANGE
N 0 0
Alpha Glucosidase
MEAN, SD
MEDIAN
RANGE
N 0 0
* Monotherapy anti-diabetic agents are indicated on the diagonal
Subjects receiving more than two anti-diabetic agents during the study are excluded from table
Table 110 HblAC Summary By Concomitant Anti-Diabetic Agents Taken During Study Per Study Population
Anti-Diabetic Agents* Observed Values (%) Month 3 Alpha
Insulin Sulfony Metformin Thiazol Glucosidase
Insulin
MEAN, SD 6.7 0.9 7.0 1.4 7.2 na MEDIAN 6.7 7.2 7.2 RANGE 5.6 8.2 5.6 9.5 7.2 7.2 N 7 7 1 0 0
Sulfonylurea
MEAN, SD 6.7 1.2 7.2 0.9 8.3 na MEDIAN 6.2 6.9 8.3 RANGE 4.8 8.2 5.8 8.6 8.3 8.3 N 17 21 1 0
Metformin MEAN, SD 8.2 1.0 MEDIAN 8.0 RANGE 6.9 10.2 N 8 0 0
Thiazolidinedione
MEAN, SD
MEDIAN
RANGE
N 0 0
Alpha Glucosidase
MEAN, SD
MEDIAN
RANGE
N 0 0
Figure imgf000083_0001
* Monotherapy anti-diabetic agents are indicated on the diagonal
Subjects receiving more than two anti-diabetic agents during the study are excluded from table
Table 110 HblAC Summary By Concomitant Anti-Diabetic Agents Taken During Study i^er Study Population
Anti-Diabetic Agents*
Observed Values (%)
Change from Baseline to Month 3 Alpha
Insulin Sulfony Metformin Thiazol Glucosidase
Insulin
MEAN, SD -1.5 1.1 1.6 1.5 -1.8 na MEDIAN -2.0 1.0 -1.8 RANGE -2.7 0.2 4.3 -0.1 -1.8 -1.8 N 7 7 1 0 0
Sulfonylurea
MEAN, SD 2.4 2.4 -1.0 1.2 -0.7 na MEDIAN 1.6 -0.7 -0.7 RANGE •8.1 -0.2 -3.9 1.1 -0.7 -0.7 N 17 21 1 0
Metformin MEAN, SD -2.1 1.1 MEDIAN -1.6 RANGE -4.1 -0.9 N 8 0 0
Thiazolidinedione
MEA , SD MEDIAN RANGE N
Alpha Glucosidase
MEAN, SD
MEDIAN
RANGE
N
Monotherapy anti-diabetic agents are indicated on the diagonal
Subjects receiving more than two andi-diabetic agents during the study are excluded from table
Table 111
HbAIC Summary
By Triple Concomitant Anti-Diabetic Agent Therapy Taken While on Study Per Study Population
All Pts Taking Thiazol . Plus Insulin Plus Sulfony Plus Metformin Plus Alpha G Plus
Three or More Two or More* Two or More* Two or More* Two or More* Two or More*
Observed Values (%)
Baseline
MEAN, SD 9 1 2 6 8 6 0 7 9 4 3 3 9 1 0 6 9 2 2 9 9 1 na
MEDIAN 8 5 8 3 8 1 8 5 8 5 9 1
RANGE 7 1 16 6 7.9 9 6 7 1 IS 6 7 1 16 6 7 1 16 6 9 1 9 1
N 11 6 7 11 9 1
Month 3
MEAN, SD 7 8 7 1 2 7 9 1 3 7 8 1 3 7 9 1 3 7 1
MEDIAN 7 3 7 0 7 6 7 3 7 3 7 1
RANGE 6 3 9 7 6 3 9 6 6 3 9 7 6 3 9 7 6 6 9 7 7 1
N 10 6 6 10 1
Change from Baseline to Month 3
MEAN, SD -1 2 2 -1 2 0 9 -1 6 2 9 -1 A 2 2 -1 4 2 5 -2 0
MEDIAN -1 6 -1 6 -1 2 -1 6 -1 0 -2 0
RANGE -6 9 1 3 -1 8 0 4 -6 9 1 3 -6 9 1 3 -6 9 1 3 -2 0 -2 0
N 10 6 6 10 1
Figure imgf000085_0001
These subjects may be counted in more than one column of this table
Table 112
HblAC Summary
By Gender and Weight
Per Study Population
Gender and Weight
Observed Values (%) Males Females
Baseline <180 lbs 180 or more <140 lbs 140 or more MEAN, SD 8.8 1.8 8.8 1.6 8.9 1.5 8.7 2.0
MEDIAN 8.3 8.8 8.4 8.2
RANGE 5.7 11.9 6.4 13.7 7.6 11.5 6.6 16.6
N 10 30 6 28
Month 3
MEAN, SD 6.8 1.2 7.1 1.1 7.2 0.9 7.1 1.0
MEDIAN 6.7 7.2 7.2 6.8
RANGE 5. 8.9 4.8 9.5 5.6 8.3 5.3 9.7
I N 10 30 6 28 0 ^ Change from Baseline to Month 3
MEA , SD -1.9 1.2 -1.7 1.8 -1.8 1.9 -1.6 1.7
MEDIAN -2.4 -1.4 -1.8 -1.2
RANGE -3.5 -0.2 -8.1 1.3 -4.3 0.7 -7.7 0.2
N 10 30 6 28
C.I. (95%) -2.8 -1.1 -2.3 1.0 -3.7 0.2 -2.3 -0.9
Figure imgf000086_0001
Table 113
HblAC Summary
By Baseline HblAC Value
Per Study Population
Baseline HblAC
Observed Values (%) p-value for Baseline <7.0 7.0-7.9 8.0-9 .9 10.0 or greater BL diff.
MEAN, SD 6.6 0.4 7.5 0.3 8.8 0.6 12.0 1.7 not MEDIAN 6.7 7.5 8.9 11.6 appropriate RANGE 5.7 6.9 7.1 7.9 8.0 9.8 10.1 16.6 N 7 18 42 14
Month 3
MEAN, SD 5.8 0.4 7.0 0.9 7.2 1.0 8.0 1.4 not MEDIAN 5.8 6.9 7.3 7.8 appropriate RANGE 5.3 6.3 5.7 9.1 4.8 9.5 5.6 10.2 N 7 18 42 14
Change from Baseline to Month 3 to Month 3 MEAN, SD 0.8 0.4 -0.5 0.9 -1.6 1.0 -4.0 2.2 <.001 MEDIAN 0.6 -0.6 -1.6 -3.6 RANGE 1.6 -0.3 -1.9 1.3 -4.5 0.2 -8.1 -1.3 N 7 18 42 14 CI. (95%) 1.2 -0.3 -1.0 -0.1 -1.9 -1.3 -5.2 -2.7
Percentage from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD -11.3 6.2 -6.9 11.7 -18.5 10.6 32.0 14.0 <.001 MEDIAN -9.0 -7.8 -17.6 31.6 RANGE -23.2 -5.3 25.0 16.7 -48.4 2.5 59.1 -11.3 N 7 18 42 14 C.I. (95%) -17.1 -5.6 12.7 -1.1 -21.8 -15.2 40.1 -23.9
Percentage of Subjects Decreasing HblAC by: No. % No. % No. No. % 0.5 units or more 6 86% 13 72% 38 90% 14 100% 1.0 units 2 29% 5 28% 31 74% 14 100% 2.0 units 0 0% 0 0% 15 36% 12 86% 3.0 units 0 0% 0 0% 3 7% 10 71%
Table 114
Glucose Summary
Per Study Population
Observed Values Baseline MEAN, SD 182 61 MEDIAN 164 RANGE 111 401 N 27
Month 3 MEAN, SD 137 35 MEDIAN 134 RANGE 81 208 oo N 24 σ.
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD -28 36 MEDIAN -35 RANGE -110 29 N 20
p-value for no change 0.002
Figure imgf000088_0001
Table 115 Cholesterol Summary Per Study Population
Observed Values Baseline MEAN, SD 206 42 MEDIAN 208 RANGE 123 315 N 43
Month 3 MEAN, SD 198 35 MEDIAN 198 RANGE 131 306 N 46
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD - 8 37 MEDIAN - 2 RANGE 108 58
Figure imgf000089_0001
p-value for no change 0 . 208
Table 116 Triglyceride Summary Per Study Population
Observed Values Baseline MEAN, SD 246 159 MEDIAN 213 RANGE 57 736 N 43
Month 3 MEAN, SD 259 155 MEDIAN 203 RANGE 68 709 N 46
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD 18 127 MEDIAN 5 RANGE 335 403 N 37
p-value for no change 0.398
Table 117
HDL Summary
Per Study Population
Observed Values Baseline MEAN, SD 38 11 MEDIAN 37 RANGE 23 67 N 36
Month 3 MEAN, SD 39 15 MEDIAN 37 RANGE 22 108 N 37
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD 1 MEDIAN 2 RANGE -23 17 N 28
p-value for no change 0.724
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000091_0002
Table 118
LDL Summary
Per Study Population
Observed Values Baseline MEAN, SD 120 41 MEDIAN 120 RANGE 24 210 N 35
Month 3 MEAN, SD 112 38 MEDIAN 112 RANGE 32 232 N 37
Change from Baseline to Month 3 MEAN, SD -7 39 MEDIAN -4 RANGE -127 68 N 27
p-value for no change 0.352
Figure imgf000092_0001
References
All publications and patents mentioned herein, including those items listed below, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or patent was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In case of conflict, the present application, including any definitions herein, will control.
Patents and patent applications
U.S. Patent No. Re. 33,988 U.S. Patent No. 4,255,385
U.S. Patent No. 4,959,222
U.S. Patent No. 4,966,588
U.S. Patent No. 5,045,316
U.S. Patent No. 5,087,624 U.S. Patent No. 5,212,154
U.S. Patent No. 5,292,663
U.S. Patent No. 5,431,793
U.S. Patent No. 5,532,269
U.S. Patent No. 5,599,835 U.S. Patent No. 5,665,385
U.S. Patent No. 5,710,630
U.S. Patent No. 5,741,211
U.S. Patent No. 5,789,401
U.S. Patent No. 5,820,557 U.S. Patent No. 5,824,840
U.S. Patent No. 5,882,685
U.S. Patent No. 5,866,619
Publications and other references
Abbott et al, JAMA 260:3456-60 (1988)
Anderson, J. Am. College Nutrition 17:548-55 (1998).
American Diabetes Association, Diabetes Care 20 (Suppl. 1):S14-17 (1997) Arsenian et al., Prog. Cardiovasc.Dis. 35:271-310 (1993)
Baker et al., Diabetes Educ. 18:420-27 (1992)
Barnard et al., Diabetes Care 17: 1469-72 (1994)
Bierman et al, Arterioscler. Thromb. 12:647-56 (1992) Bisse et al.. J. Chromotographv 434 95-1 10 (1988
Busse et al., Drug Res. 42:829-31 (1992).
Caballero, Nutr. Rev. 51 :339-340 (1993)
Cam et al., Diabetologia 36:218-24 (1993)
Chowdhury et al., Postgrad Med. J. 74:480-81 (1998) Christen et al., PNAS USA 94:3217-22 (1997).
Clarke et al. N. Eng. J. Med. 325: 1137-41 (1991)
Classen et al., 6 Recent Advances in Studies on Cardiac Structure and Metabolism 111- 18 (University Park Press 1975)
Classen et al., Magnesium 3:257-64 (1984) Clegg et al.. J. Lab Clin. Med. 102:577-89 (1983
Cohen et al., JAMA 249:2808-10 (1983)
Colwell et al, Metabolism 26:279-85 (1977)
Dai et al., Pharmacol. & Toxicol. 74:101-09 (1994)
Davi et al., Arterioscler. Thromb. 13:1346-49 (1993) Davis et al.. Curr. Ther. Res. 36:341-46 (1984
Defronzo et al., Diabetes Care 14:173-94 (1991)
Dieber-Rotheneder et al., J. Lipid Res. 32:1325-32 (1991)
Drvota et al., Adv. Prost. Throm. Leuk. Res. 21A:153-56 (1990)
Entmacher et al., Diabetes 13:373-77 (1964) Ewald et al., Acta Paediatr. Scand. 72:367-71 (1983)
Franz et al., Diabetes Care 17:490-518 (1994)
Freund et al., JAMA 241 :496-98 (1979)
Goldstein, et al.. C.R.C. Critical Reviews in Clinical Laboratory Sciences 21 :187-228
Goyder et al., BMJ 317: 1644-46 (1998) Granberrv et al.. Southern Medical J. 92:2-14 (1999)
Guthrie et al., Diabetes Care 15: 1494-98
Guyton, Textbook of Medical Physiology 855-67 (8th ed. 1991)
Haffher et al., Diabetes 41 :715-722 (1992); Haffner et al., JAMA 263:1893-98 (1990);
Harris, in Diabetes in America (2d ed., NTH 1995)
Harris et al., Diabetes Care 15:815-19 (1992)
Heath et al., Diabetologia 7:308-15 (1971) International Textbook of Diabetes Mellitus (Alberti et al. eds, John Wiley: 1992)
Jarrett et al, Diabetologia 22:79-84 (1982)
Javitt et al, in Diabetes in America (2d ed., NIH 1995)
Jeejeebhoy et al., Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 30:531-38 (1977)
Julkunen-Tiito et a;., Planta Medica 55:55 (1989) Kalgutkar et al., Science 280:1268-70 (1998)
Kannel. Am. Heart J. 110:1100-07 (1985)
Kaplan, Arch. Intern. Med. 149:1514-20 (1989)
Khalil. Clinical Chemistry 45:165-77 (1999)
Klein et al, Ophthalmology 91 : 1-9 (1984) Kruse-Jarres et al., Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 26:201-08 (1988)
Kunisaki et al.. Metabolism 41 :613-21 (1992)
Kushi et al.. N. Enel. J. Med. 334:1156-62 (1996)
Kuusisto et al. Diabetes 43:960-67 (1994)
Kwaan et al., J. Lab. Clin. Med. 20:235-46 (1972) Lancet 336:827-30 (1990)
Lancet 338:1345-49 (1991).
Lardinois, Geriatrics 53:22-39 (1998)
Levine et al, Diabetologia 21 :131-34 (1981)
Lee et al., Ann. Intern. Med. 120:184-90 (1994) Lipid Research Clinic's Program, JAMA 251 :351-74 (1984)
Lippard et al., Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry (1994)
Malabu et al., Diabetes 43:9-15 (1994)
Margolis et al., Am. J. Cardiol. 31 :1-7 (1973)
Marier, Can. Biol. 37:115-25 (1978) Mertz. Nutr. Rev. 33:129-35 (1975)
McNair et al., Eur. J. Clin. Invest. 12:81-85 (1982)
McPhillips et al.. Am. J. Epidemiology 131 :443-53 (1990)
Molten et al, Electrophoresis 15:22-30 (1994) Mooradian et al., Diabetes Care 17:464-79 (1994).
Orchard et al., Circulation 88:819-28 (1993)
Paolisso et al., Am. J. Hvpertens. 10:346-55 (1997)
Paolisso et al., Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 57:650-56 (1993) Paolisso et al., Diabetes Care 16: 1433-37 (1993)
Preuss et al., Clinical Nephology. 47:325-30 (1997)
Reaven, Diabetes 37: 1595-607 (1988)
Reinhart, Arch Intern. Med. 148:2415-20 (1988)
Resnick et al., Am. J. Med. 93 (Suppl. 2A):2A1 1 S-2A20S (1992) Rimm et al. N. Enel. J. Med. 328: 1450-56 (1993)
Rubin et al., J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 78:809A-09F (1994)
Rude, Am. J. Cardiol. 63:31G-34G (1989)
Rvzen Am. Heart J. 1 11 :475-80 (1986).
Saad et al., Lancet 1: 1356-59 (1989) Sagel et al.. Ann. Intern. Med. 83:733-38 (1975)
Sakuri et al., Biochem. Biophvs Res. Commun. 96:293-98 (1980)
Salonen et al., BMI 311 : 1 124-27 (1995)
Seelig et al., Am. J. Cardiol. 63:4G-21G (1989)
Sjogren et al., Acta Med. Scand. 224:461-65 (1988) Stamler et al., Diabetes Care 16:434-44 (1993)
Stampfer et al., N. Enel. J. Med. 328: 1444-49 (1993)
Steinberg et al., N. Enel. J. Med. 320:915-20 (1989)
Steinberg, Circulation 85:2337-44 (1992)
Stephens et al., Lancet 347:781-86 (1996) Tomlinson, Diabetes & Metabolism (Paris) 24:79-83 (1998)
Tosiello et al. Arch Intern. Med. 156: 1 143-48 (1996)
Tsui et al. Endocrinologist 5:263-71 (1995)
USRDS 1994 Annual Data Report (NIH 1994)
Vane, Nature 231 :232 (1971) Nerlangieri et al.. J. Am. Coll. Νutr. 11 :131-38 (1992)
Vital and Health Statistics Series 10, no. 190 (1994)
Whang et al., Am. J. Med. 82 (Suppl. 3A):24-29 (1987)
Zeigler et al., Diabetes Care 20:369-73 (1997) Equivalents
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An edible solid in a continuous mass form, comprising a solid caloric source of at least about 25 kilocalories and one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium to provide for at least about 100 meg of chromium, and a bioavailable form of vanadium to provide for at least about 5 mg of vanadium.
2. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein a ratio of said chromium to said solid caloric source is about 100 meg or more of chromium per 100 kilocalories of said solid caloric source.
3. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said solid edible solid is a continuous mass between about 20 and about 150 grams.
4. The edible solid of claim 3, further comprising a flavoring agent.
5. The edible solid of claim 1, further comprising one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of magnesium that delivers at least about 300 mg of magnesium, a form of vitamin E that delivers at least about 300 I.U. of vitamin E, and a form of aspirin that delivers at least about 20 mg of aspirin.
6. The edible solid of claim 1 , further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-diabetic agent, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is selected from the group consisting of thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors.
7. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein a ratio of said vanadium to said solid caloric source is about 10 mg or more of vanadium per 100 kilocalories of said caloric source.
8. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said solid caloric source comprises a complex carbohydrate.
9. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said solid caloric source comprises fructose or glucose.
10. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium comprises an organic 5 or 6 member ring having at least one carboxylic acid substituent.
11. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium is chromium polynicotinate and said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl.
12. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said solid caloric source comprises a source of protein.
13. The edible solid of claim 1, further comprising at least about 100% of the RDA for a vitamin in said edible solid, and at least about 100% of the RDA for a mineral in said edible solid.
14. The edible solid of claim 1, further comprising a source of chocolate.
15. The edible solid of claim 1, further comprising a source of fruit.
16. The edible solid of claim 1, further comprising a source of peanut.
17. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 15 mg of vanadium.
18. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 25 mg of vanadium.
19. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 50 mg of vanadium.
20. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 75 mg of vanadium.
21. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides at least about 250 mg of chromium.
22. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides at least about 350 mg of chromium.
23. The edible solid of claim 1, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides at least about 500 mg of chromium.
24. The edible solid of claim 21, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 25 mg of vanadium.
25. The edible solid of claim 21, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 50 mg of vanadium.
26. The edible solid of claim 21, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 75 mg of vanadium.
27. The edible solid of claim 23, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 25 mg of vanadium.
28. The edible solid of claim 23, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 50 mg of vanadium.
29. The edible solid of claim 23, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides at least about 75 mg of vanadium.
30. The edible solid of claim 18, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium is chromium polynicotinate and said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl.
31. The edible solid of claim 18, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium is chromium polynicotinate and said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl.
32. The edible solid of claim 21, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium comprises chromium picolinate and said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl sulfate.
33. The edible solid of claim 27, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium comprises an organic 5 or 6 member ring having at least one carboxylic acid substituent, and said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl.
34. A kit for alleviating and treating glucose metabolism disorders, comprising an edible solid in a continuous mass form, comprising: (a) a solid caloric source of at least about 25 kilocalories; (b) one or more of the following: a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of chromium, and a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of vanadium; and (c) instructions for a patient to consume said edible solid about at least once a day for at least about thirty days to alleviate and treat glucose metabolism disorders.
35. A finished nutritional solid food product for consumption and treating or delaying the onset of diabetic symptoms, comprising a chewable, solid caloric source in at least one single mass greater than about 25 grams and a therapeutically effective amount of an agent that combats diabetes or onset of diabetes, wherein said agent is an anti-diabetic agent selected from the group consisting of thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors.
36. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 35, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is metformin.
37. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 36, wherein the dose of metformin is in the range of about 100 mg up to about 2550 mg per nutritional solid food product.
38. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 35, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is a sulfonylurea.
39. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 38, wherein said sulfonylurea is acetohexamide, chloφropamide, tolazimide, tolbutamide, glycazide, glipizide, glyburide, or glimeperide.
40. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 35, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is a thiazolidinedione.
41. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 40, wherein said thiazolidinedione is troglitazone.
42. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 35, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is an alpha-glucosidase inhibitor.
43. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 42, wherein said alpha- glucosidase inhibitor is acarbose or miglitol.
44. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 35, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is a benzoic acid derivative.
45. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 44, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is repaglinide.
46. A finished nutritional solid food product for consumption and treating or delaying the onset of diabetic symptoms, comprising (a) a chewable, solid caloric source in at least one single mass greater than about 25 grams; (b) a therapeutically effective amount of an agent that combats diabetes or onset of diabetes, wherein said agent is one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium in an amount that delivers at least about 150 meg of chromium and a bioavailable form of vanadium; and (c) a second agent that is one or more of the following: vitamin E, aspirin, a bioavailable form of magnesium and lipoic acid.
47. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-diabetic agent, wherein said anti-diabetic agent is selected from the group consisting of thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors.
48. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 250 meg of chromium.
49. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 48, wherein said second agent comprises a bioavailable form of magnesium with a dosage of at least about 40 mg of magnesium.
50. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 500 meg of chromium.
51. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 50, wherein said second agent comprises a bioavailable form of magnesium with a dosage of at least about 25 mg of magnesium.
52. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 900 meg of chromium.
53. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium with a dosage of at least about 12 mg of vanadium.
54. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium with a dosage of at least about 22 mg of vanadium.
55. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 46, wherein said agent comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium with a dosage of at least about 55 mg of vanadium.
56. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 54, wherein said second agent comprises a bioavailable form of magnesium with a dosage of at least about 40 mg of magnesium.
57. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 54, wherein said second agent is vitamin E with a dosage of at least about 150% of the RDA.
58. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 54, wherein said second agent is aspirin with a dosage of at least about 40 mg.
59. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 54, further comprising a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 150 meg of chromium.
60. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 55, further comprising a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 150 meg of chromium.
61. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 53, further comprising a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 250 meg of chromium.
62. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 53, further comprising a bioavailable form of chromium with a dosage of at least about 500 meg of chromium.
63. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 59, wherein said second agent is aspirin with a dosage of at least about 40 mg.
64. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 59, wherein said second agent is a bioavailable form of magnesium with a dosage of at least about 40 mg.
65. The finished nutritional solid food product of claim 59, wherein said second agent is vitamin E with a dosage of at least about 150% of the RDA.
66. A cereal product, comprising: a cereal product having a caloric content of at least about 25 kilocalories, and one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium to provide for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and a bioavailable form of vanadium to provide for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
67. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 75 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 75 kilocalories of said cereal product.
68. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 60 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 60 kilocalories of said cereal product.
69. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 40 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 40 kilocalories of said cereal product.
70. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 25 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 25 kilocalories of said cereal product.
71. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 15 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 15 kilocalories of said cereal product.
72. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 30 meg of chromium per about 15 kilocalories of said cereal product, and said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 2 mg of vanadium per about 15 kilocalories of said cereal product.
73. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product has a good mouth feel, texture and flavor characteristics.
74. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product is ready to eat.
75. The cereal product of claim 66, further comprising a liquid.
76. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said liquid is milk.
77. The cereal product of claim 66, further comprising one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of magnesium that delivers at least about 25 mg of magnesium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, a form of vitamin E that delivers at least about 50 I.U. of vitamin E per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and a form of aspirin that delivers at least about 3 mg of aspirin per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
78. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a plurality of pieces.
79. The cereal product of claim 78, wherein said pieces are in the one of the following shapes: flakes, squares, circles, biscuits, ring.
80. The cereal product of claim 78, wherein one or more of said pieces may be ingested in a single mouthful by an adult human.
81. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product has at least about 3 of said pieces per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
82. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product has at least about 5 of said pieces per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
83. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product has at least about 10 of said pieces per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
84. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product has at least about 25 of said pieces per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
85. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium comprises an organic 5 or 6 member ring having at least one carboxylic acid substituent..
86. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium comprises vanadyl.
87. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said caloric content comprises a source of fiber.
88. The cereal product of claim 66, further comprising at least about 25% of the RDA for a vitamin per about 75 kilocalories of said cereal product, and at least about 25% of the RDA for a mineral per about 75 kilocalories of said cereal product.
89. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and wherein said cereal product furthers comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
90. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and wherein said cereal product furthers comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product.
91. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and wherein said cereal product furthers comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 50 kilocalories of said cereal product.
92. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 100 kilocalories of said cereal product, and wherein said cereal product furthers comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 25 kilocalories of said cereal product.
93. The cereal product of claim 66, wherein said cereal product comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium provides for at least about 15 meg of chromium per about 25 kilocalories of said cereal product, and wherein said cereal product furthers comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium provides for at least about 1 mg of vanadium per about 40 kilocalories of said cereal product.
94. A method of treating glucose metabolism disorders, comprising: administrating to a subject in need thereof an edible solid comprising: (a) a digestible caloric source of at least about 25 kilocalories; (b) a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of chromium; and (c) a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of vanadium.
95. The method of claim 94, wherein said edible solid is a cereal product comprised of a plurality of pieces.
96. A method of treating glucose metabolism disorders, comprising: administrating to a subject in need thereof an edible solid comprising: (a) a digestible caloric source of at least about 25 kilocalories; (b) a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of chromium; and (c) and a therapeutically effective amount of a bioavailable form of magnesium, wherein said amount of chromium is at least about 250 meg and wherein said amount of magnesium is at least about 40 mg.
97. A method of treating a subject with elevated HbAlc levels, comprising: monitoring HbAlc levels and administrating to a subject in need thereof a chewable, solid matrix comprising: (a) a caloric source of at least about 10 kilocalories; and (b) one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium delivers a therapeutically effective amount of chromium, and a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium delivers a therapeutically effective amount of vanadium.
98. The method of claim 97, wherein said solid matrix comprises a bioavailable form of chromium, wherein said bioavailable form of chromium delivers a therapeutically effective amount of chromium, and wherein said solid matrix further comprises a bioavailable form of vanadium, wherein said bioavailable form of vanadium delivers a therapeutically effective amount of vanadium.
99. The method of claim 97, wherein said solid matrix further comprises a bioavailable form of magnesium, wherein said bioavailable form of magnesium delivers a therapeutically effective amount of magnesium.
100. The use of a finished nutritional solid food product for the manufacture of a medicament for consumption and treating or delaying the onset of diabetic symptoms in a subject, wherein said finished nutritional solid food product comprises: (a) a chewable, solid caloric source in at least one single mass greater than about 25 grams; (b) a therapeutically effective amount of an agent that combats diabetes or onset of diabetes, wherein said agent is one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium in an amount that delivers at least about 150 meg of chromium and a bioavailable form of vanadium, and (c) a second agent that is one or more of the following: vitamin E, aspirin, a bioavailable form of magnesium and lipoic acid.
101. The use of an edible solid for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of glucose metabolism disorders in a subject, wherein said edible solid comprises: (a) a caloric source of at least about 25 kilocalories; and (b) one or more of the following: a bioavailable form of chromium to provide for at least about 100 meg of chromium and a bioavailable form of vanadium to provide for at least about 5 mg of vanadium.
102. The use of claim 101, wherein said edible solid is a cereal product comprised of a plurality of pieces.
103. The use of a solid matrix food for the manufacture of a medicament for consumption and treating or delaying the onset of diabetic symptoms in a subject, wherein said finished solid matrix food product comprises (a) a chewable caloric source in at least one single mass greater than about 25 grams; and (b) a therapeutically effective amount of an agent that combats diabetes or onset of diabetes, wherein said agent is an anti-diabetic agent selected from the group consisting of thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, benzoic acid derivatives and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors.
PCT/US2000/008013 1999-03-26 2000-03-24 Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders WO2000057721A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU40315/00A AU4031500A (en) 1999-03-26 2000-03-24 Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12648799P 1999-03-26 1999-03-26
US60/126,487 1999-03-26
US12696099P 1999-03-30 1999-03-30
US60/126,960 1999-03-30

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000057721A2 true WO2000057721A2 (en) 2000-10-05
WO2000057721A3 WO2000057721A3 (en) 2001-02-15

Family

ID=26824708

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/008013 WO2000057721A2 (en) 1999-03-26 2000-03-24 Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU4031500A (en)
WO (1) WO2000057721A2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002036202A2 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Nutrition 21, Inc. Methods and compositions for the improvement of insulin sensitivity, reduction of hyperglycemia, and reduction of hypercholesterolemia with chromium complexes and alpha lipoic acid
EP1652512A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-03 Medesis Pharma Reverse micelle composition for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
WO2006110491A2 (en) * 2005-04-07 2006-10-19 Astrum Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Complementary compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
WO2007098240A2 (en) * 2006-02-21 2007-08-30 Astrum Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
US8084605B2 (en) 2006-11-29 2011-12-27 Kelly Ron C Polymorphs of succinate salt of 2-[6-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethy]-4-fluor-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor
US8093236B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2012-01-10 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited Weekly administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8222411B2 (en) 2005-09-16 2012-07-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8324383B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-12-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Methods of making polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile
US8906901B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2014-12-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5013752A (en) * 1989-03-10 1991-05-07 Dobbins John P Prevention and treatment of alcoholism by the use of dietary chromium
US5614224A (en) * 1995-04-20 1997-03-25 Womack; Rick W. Nutritional supplement for diabetics
WO1998004248A1 (en) * 1996-07-30 1998-02-05 Energetics, Inc. Dietary supplements
EP0834318A1 (en) * 1996-10-01 1998-04-08 Carola Dölcken Composition comprising chromoim for controlling cellular glucoseuptake
DE29805782U1 (en) * 1997-04-03 1998-07-30 NUTREND, s.r.o., Olomouc Dietary supplement made from cereal flakes

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5013752A (en) * 1989-03-10 1991-05-07 Dobbins John P Prevention and treatment of alcoholism by the use of dietary chromium
US5614224A (en) * 1995-04-20 1997-03-25 Womack; Rick W. Nutritional supplement for diabetics
WO1998004248A1 (en) * 1996-07-30 1998-02-05 Energetics, Inc. Dietary supplements
EP0834318A1 (en) * 1996-10-01 1998-04-08 Carola Dölcken Composition comprising chromoim for controlling cellular glucoseuptake
DE29805782U1 (en) * 1997-04-03 1998-07-30 NUTREND, s.r.o., Olomouc Dietary supplement made from cereal flakes

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002036202A3 (en) * 2000-11-02 2004-01-08 Nutrition 21 Inc Methods and compositions for the improvement of insulin sensitivity, reduction of hyperglycemia, and reduction of hypercholesterolemia with chromium complexes and alpha lipoic acid
WO2002036202A2 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Nutrition 21, Inc. Methods and compositions for the improvement of insulin sensitivity, reduction of hyperglycemia, and reduction of hypercholesterolemia with chromium complexes and alpha lipoic acid
EA012210B1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2009-08-28 Медзис Фарма Reverse micelle composition for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
EP1652512A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-03 Medesis Pharma Reverse micelle composition for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
WO2006048773A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-11 Medesis Pharma Reverse micelle composition for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
US9173838B2 (en) 2004-11-02 2015-11-03 Medesis Pharma Sa Reverse micelle compositions for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
AU2005300253B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2010-09-09 Medesis Pharma Reverse micelle composition for delivery of metal cations comprising a diglyceride and a phytosterol and method of preparation
WO2006110491A2 (en) * 2005-04-07 2006-10-19 Astrum Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Complementary compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
US7687082B2 (en) 2005-04-07 2010-03-30 Astrum Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Complementary compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
WO2006110491A3 (en) * 2005-04-07 2007-04-05 Astrum Therapeutics Pty Ltd Complementary compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
US8906901B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2014-12-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8222411B2 (en) 2005-09-16 2012-07-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2007098240A3 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-04-10 Astrum Therapeutics Pty Ltd Compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
WO2007098240A2 (en) * 2006-02-21 2007-08-30 Astrum Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Compositions to reduce blood glucose levels and treat diabetes
US8324383B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-12-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Methods of making polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile
US8084605B2 (en) 2006-11-29 2011-12-27 Kelly Ron C Polymorphs of succinate salt of 2-[6-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethy]-4-fluor-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor
US8093236B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2012-01-10 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited Weekly administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU4031500A (en) 2000-10-16
WO2000057721A3 (en) 2001-02-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6852760B1 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment for glucose metabolism disorders
US20070161540A1 (en) Combinations of chromium or vanadium with antidiabetics for glucose metabolism disorders
Bastaki Diabetes mellitus and its treatment
Manders et al. Co-ingestion of a protein hydrolysate and amino acid mixture with carbohydrate improves plasma glucose disposal in patients with type 2 diabetes
US20050214385A1 (en) Chromium/biotin treatment of dyslipidemia and diet-induced post prandial hyperglycemia
WO2008054193A1 (en) Nutritional products that comprise saccharide oligomers
WO2000057721A2 (en) Edible solids for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders
WO2000057729A2 (en) Beverages for treatment of glucose metabolism disorders
AU2002238931B2 (en) Autonomic controlling agents and health drinks and foods
WO2001003700A1 (en) Combination of chromium and vanadium for glucose metabolism disorders
AU2022202545A1 (en) Oral hypoglycemic agents as food additives and supplements
US20060275249A1 (en) Co-therapy for diabetic conditions
Lehr A possible beneficial effect of selenium administration in antiarrhythmic therapy.
Umpierrez et al. Management of type 2 diabetes: Evolving strategies for treatment
Cooper Diabetes mellitus in the elderly
Lucas Medical indications for weight reduction
Franz Medical Nutrition Therapy for Diabetes: What Are the Unanswered Questions?
Sanjeev Serum Magnesium as an Effective Tool in Monitoring the Control of Type II Diabetes Mellitus
Wylie-Rosett 17 NUTRITIONAL APPROACHES TO DIABETES MELLITUS
Buse et al. Section 8-Disorders of Carbohydrate and Lipid Metabolism
AU2002252215A1 (en) Chromium/biotin treatment of dyslipidemia and diet-induced post prandial hyperglycemia

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP